From fc766e4c4965915ab52a1d1fa3c7a7b3e7bc07f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 29 Oct 2010 03:09:24 +0000 Subject: decnet: RCU conversion and get rid of dev_base_lock While tracking dev_base_lock users, I found decnet used it in dnet_select_source(), but for a wrong purpose: Writers only hold RTNL, not dev_base_lock, so readers must use RCU if they cannot use RTNL. Adds an rcu_head in struct dn_ifaddr and handle proper RCU management. Adds __rcu annotation in dn_route as well. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Acked-by: Steven Whitehouse Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- include/net/dn_dev.h | 27 ++++++++++++++++++--------- include/net/dst.h | 8 ++++---- 3 files changed, 23 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index d8fd2c23a1b9..578debb801f4 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ struct net_device { #endif void *atalk_ptr; /* AppleTalk link */ struct in_device __rcu *ip_ptr; /* IPv4 specific data */ - void *dn_ptr; /* DECnet specific data */ + struct dn_dev __rcu *dn_ptr; /* DECnet specific data */ struct inet6_dev __rcu *ip6_ptr; /* IPv6 specific data */ void *ec_ptr; /* Econet specific data */ void *ax25_ptr; /* AX.25 specific data */ diff --git a/include/net/dn_dev.h b/include/net/dn_dev.h index 0916bbf3bdff..b9e32db03f20 100644 --- a/include/net/dn_dev.h +++ b/include/net/dn_dev.h @@ -5,13 +5,14 @@ struct dn_dev; struct dn_ifaddr { - struct dn_ifaddr *ifa_next; + struct dn_ifaddr __rcu *ifa_next; struct dn_dev *ifa_dev; __le16 ifa_local; __le16 ifa_address; __u8 ifa_flags; __u8 ifa_scope; char ifa_label[IFNAMSIZ]; + struct rcu_head rcu; }; #define DN_DEV_S_RU 0 /* Run - working normally */ @@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ struct dn_dev_parms { struct dn_dev { - struct dn_ifaddr *ifa_list; + struct dn_ifaddr __rcu *ifa_list; struct net_device *dev; struct dn_dev_parms parms; char use_long; @@ -171,19 +172,27 @@ extern int unregister_dnaddr_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb); static inline int dn_dev_islocal(struct net_device *dev, __le16 addr) { - struct dn_dev *dn_db = dev->dn_ptr; + struct dn_dev *dn_db; struct dn_ifaddr *ifa; + int res = 0; + rcu_read_lock(); + dn_db = rcu_dereference(dev->dn_ptr); if (dn_db == NULL) { printk(KERN_DEBUG "dn_dev_islocal: Called for non DECnet device\n"); - return 0; + goto out; } - for(ifa = dn_db->ifa_list; ifa; ifa = ifa->ifa_next) - if ((addr ^ ifa->ifa_local) == 0) - return 1; - - return 0; + for (ifa = rcu_dereference(dn_db->ifa_list); + ifa != NULL; + ifa = rcu_dereference(ifa->ifa_next)) + if ((addr ^ ifa->ifa_local) == 0) { + res = 1; + break; + } +out: + rcu_read_unlock(); + return res; } #endif /* _NET_DN_DEV_H */ diff --git a/include/net/dst.h b/include/net/dst.h index ffe9cb719c0e..a5bd72646d65 100644 --- a/include/net/dst.h +++ b/include/net/dst.h @@ -94,10 +94,10 @@ struct dst_entry { int __use; unsigned long lastuse; union { - struct dst_entry *next; - struct rtable __rcu *rt_next; - struct rt6_info *rt6_next; - struct dn_route *dn_next; + struct dst_entry *next; + struct rtable __rcu *rt_next; + struct rt6_info *rt6_next; + struct dn_route __rcu *dn_next; }; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 46b13fc5c0f239f36e84665c73087d5fa86bfd86 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 06:57:19 +0000 Subject: neigh: reorder struct neighbour It is important to move nud_state outside of the often modified cache line (because of refcnt), to reduce false sharing in neigh_event_send() This is a followup of commit 0ed8ddf4045f (neigh: Protect neigh->ha[] with a seqlock) This gives a 7% speedup on routing test with IP route cache disabled. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/neighbour.h | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/neighbour.h b/include/net/neighbour.h index 55590ab16b3e..815b2ce9f4a4 100644 --- a/include/net/neighbour.h +++ b/include/net/neighbour.h @@ -96,16 +96,16 @@ struct neighbour { struct neigh_parms *parms; unsigned long confirmed; unsigned long updated; - __u8 flags; - __u8 nud_state; - __u8 type; - __u8 dead; + rwlock_t lock; atomic_t refcnt; struct sk_buff_head arp_queue; struct timer_list timer; unsigned long used; atomic_t probes; - rwlock_t lock; + __u8 flags; + __u8 nud_state; + __u8 type; + __u8 dead; seqlock_t ha_lock; unsigned char ha[ALIGN(MAX_ADDR_LEN, sizeof(unsigned long))]; struct hh_cache *hh; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 72cdd1d971c0deb1619c5c339270570c43647a78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 07:14:07 +0000 Subject: net: get rid of rtable->idev It seems idev field in struct rtable has no special purpose, but adding extra atomic ops. We hold refcounts on the device itself (using percpu data, so pretty cheap in current kernel). infiniband case is solved using dst.dev instead of idev->dev Removal of this field means routing without route cache is now using shared data, percpu data, and only potential contention is a pair of atomic ops on struct neighbour per forwarded packet. About 5% speedup on routing test. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Herbert Xu Cc: Roland Dreier Cc: Sean Hefty Cc: Hal Rosenstock Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/route.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/route.h b/include/net/route.h index 7e5e73bfa4de..cea533eaa853 100644 --- a/include/net/route.h +++ b/include/net/route.h @@ -55,8 +55,6 @@ struct rtable { /* Cache lookup keys */ struct flowi fl; - struct in_device *idev; - int rt_genid; unsigned rt_flags; __u16 rt_type; -- cgit v1.2.3 From c753796769e4fb0cd813b6e5801b3c01f4681d4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 17:07:48 -0800 Subject: ipv4: Make rt->fl.iif tests lest obscure. When we test rt->fl.iif against zero, we're seeing if it's an output or an input route. Make that explicit with some helper functions. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/dn_route.h | 10 ++++++++++ include/net/route.h | 10 ++++++++++ 2 files changed, 20 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dn_route.h b/include/net/dn_route.h index ccadab3aa3f6..9b185df265fb 100644 --- a/include/net/dn_route.h +++ b/include/net/dn_route.h @@ -80,6 +80,16 @@ struct dn_route { unsigned rt_type; }; +static inline bool dn_is_input_route(struct dn_route *rt) +{ + return rt->fl.iif != 0; +} + +static inline bool dn_is_output_route(struct dn_route *rt) +{ + return rt->fl.iif == 0; +} + extern void dn_route_init(void); extern void dn_route_cleanup(void); diff --git a/include/net/route.h b/include/net/route.h index cea533eaa853..5cd46d1c0e14 100644 --- a/include/net/route.h +++ b/include/net/route.h @@ -71,6 +71,16 @@ struct rtable { struct inet_peer *peer; /* long-living peer info */ }; +static inline bool rt_is_input_route(struct rtable *rt) +{ + return rt->fl.iif != 0; +} + +static inline bool rt_is_output_route(struct rtable *rt) +{ + return rt->fl.iif == 0; +} + struct ip_rt_acct { __u32 o_bytes; __u32 o_packets; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1d7138de878d1d4210727c1200193e69596f93b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 05:46:50 +0000 Subject: igmp: RCU conversion of in_dev->mc_list MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit in_dev->mc_list is protected by one rwlock (in_dev->mc_list_lock). This can easily be converted to a RCU protection. Writers hold RTNL, so mc_list_lock is removed, not replaced by a spinlock. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Cypher Wu Cc: Américo Wang Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/igmp.h | 12 ++++++++---- include/linux/inetdevice.h | 5 ++--- include/net/inet_sock.h | 2 +- 3 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/igmp.h b/include/linux/igmp.h index 93fc2449af10..7d164670f264 100644 --- a/include/linux/igmp.h +++ b/include/linux/igmp.h @@ -167,10 +167,10 @@ struct ip_sf_socklist { */ struct ip_mc_socklist { - struct ip_mc_socklist *next; + struct ip_mc_socklist __rcu *next_rcu; struct ip_mreqn multi; unsigned int sfmode; /* MCAST_{INCLUDE,EXCLUDE} */ - struct ip_sf_socklist *sflist; + struct ip_sf_socklist __rcu *sflist; struct rcu_head rcu; }; @@ -186,11 +186,14 @@ struct ip_sf_list { struct ip_mc_list { struct in_device *interface; __be32 multiaddr; + unsigned int sfmode; struct ip_sf_list *sources; struct ip_sf_list *tomb; - unsigned int sfmode; unsigned long sfcount[2]; - struct ip_mc_list *next; + union { + struct ip_mc_list *next; + struct ip_mc_list __rcu *next_rcu; + }; struct timer_list timer; int users; atomic_t refcnt; @@ -201,6 +204,7 @@ struct ip_mc_list { char loaded; unsigned char gsquery; /* check source marks? */ unsigned char crcount; + struct rcu_head rcu; }; /* V3 exponential field decoding */ diff --git a/include/linux/inetdevice.h b/include/linux/inetdevice.h index ccd5b07d678d..380ba6bc5db1 100644 --- a/include/linux/inetdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/inetdevice.h @@ -52,9 +52,8 @@ struct in_device { atomic_t refcnt; int dead; struct in_ifaddr *ifa_list; /* IP ifaddr chain */ - rwlock_t mc_list_lock; - struct ip_mc_list *mc_list; /* IP multicast filter chain */ - int mc_count; /* Number of installed mcasts */ + struct ip_mc_list __rcu *mc_list; /* IP multicast filter chain */ + int mc_count; /* Number of installed mcasts */ spinlock_t mc_tomb_lock; struct ip_mc_list *mc_tomb; unsigned long mr_v1_seen; diff --git a/include/net/inet_sock.h b/include/net/inet_sock.h index 1989cfd7405f..8945f9fb192a 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet_sock.h @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ struct inet_sock { nodefrag:1; int mc_index; __be32 mc_addr; - struct ip_mc_socklist *mc_list; + struct ip_mc_socklist __rcu *mc_list; struct { unsigned int flags; unsigned int fragsize; -- cgit v1.2.3 From d83447f0944e73d690218d79c07762ffa4ceb9e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Gerrit Renker Date: Sun, 14 Nov 2010 17:25:46 +0100 Subject: dccp ccid-2: Schedule Sync as out-of-band mechanism The problem with Ack Vectors is that i) their length is variable and can in principle grow quite large, ii) it is hard to predict exactly how large they will be. Due to the second point it seems not a good idea to reduce the MPS; in particular when on average there is enough room for the Ack Vector and an increase in length is momentarily due to some burst loss, after which the Ack Vector returns to its normal/average length. The solution taken by this patch is to subtract a minimum-expected Ack Vector length from the MPS, and to defer any larger Ack Vectors onto a separate Sync - but only if indeed there is no space left on the skb. This patch provides the infrastructure to schedule Sync-packets for transporting (urgent) out-of-band data. Its signalling is quicker than scheduling an Ack, since it does not need to wait for new application data. Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker --- include/linux/dccp.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dccp.h b/include/linux/dccp.h index 749f01ccd26e..eed52bcd35d0 100644 --- a/include/linux/dccp.h +++ b/include/linux/dccp.h @@ -462,6 +462,7 @@ struct dccp_ackvec; * @dccps_hc_rx_insert_options - receiver wants to add options when acking * @dccps_hc_tx_insert_options - sender wants to add options when sending * @dccps_server_timewait - server holds timewait state on close (RFC 4340, 8.3) + * @dccps_sync_scheduled - flag which signals "send out-of-band message soon" * @dccps_xmitlet - tasklet scheduled by the TX CCID to dequeue data packets * @dccps_xmit_timer - used by the TX CCID to delay sending (rate-based pacing) * @dccps_syn_rtt - RTT sample from Request/Response exchange (in usecs) @@ -503,6 +504,7 @@ struct dccp_sock { __u8 dccps_hc_rx_insert_options:1; __u8 dccps_hc_tx_insert_options:1; __u8 dccps_server_timewait:1; + __u8 dccps_sync_scheduled:1; struct tasklet_struct dccps_xmitlet; struct timer_list dccps_xmit_timer; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 58e998c6d23988490162cef0784b19ea274d90bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Gross Date: Fri, 29 Oct 2010 12:14:55 +0000 Subject: offloading: Force software GSO for multiple vlan tags. We currently use vlan_features to check for TSO support if there is a vlan tag. However, it's quite likely that the NIC is not able to do TSO when there is an arbitrary number of tags. Therefore if there is more than one tag (in-band or out-of-band), fall back to software emulation. Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross CC: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 7 +++---- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 578debb801f4..6e4cfbc53d4c 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -2239,6 +2239,8 @@ unsigned long netdev_fix_features(unsigned long features, const char *name); void netif_stacked_transfer_operstate(const struct net_device *rootdev, struct net_device *dev); +int netif_get_vlan_features(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev); + static inline int net_gso_ok(int features, int gso_type) { int feature = gso_type << NETIF_F_GSO_SHIFT; @@ -2254,10 +2256,7 @@ static inline int skb_gso_ok(struct sk_buff *skb, int features) static inline int netif_needs_gso(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb) { if (skb_is_gso(skb)) { - int features = dev->features; - - if (skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_8021Q) || skb->vlan_tci) - features &= dev->vlan_features; + int features = netif_get_vlan_features(skb, dev); return (!skb_gso_ok(skb, features) || unlikely(skb->ip_summed != CHECKSUM_PARTIAL)); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2e48928d8a0f38c1b5c81eb3f1294de8a6382c68 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stephen Hemminger Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 10:16:58 -0700 Subject: rfkill: remove dead code The following code is defined but never used. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/rfkill.h | 31 ------------------------------- 1 file changed, 31 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rfkill.h b/include/linux/rfkill.h index 08c32e4f261a..c6c608482cba 100644 --- a/include/linux/rfkill.h +++ b/include/linux/rfkill.h @@ -354,37 +354,6 @@ static inline bool rfkill_blocked(struct rfkill *rfkill) } #endif /* RFKILL || RFKILL_MODULE */ - -#ifdef CONFIG_RFKILL_LEDS -/** - * rfkill_get_led_trigger_name - Get the LED trigger name for the button's LED. - * This function might return a NULL pointer if registering of the - * LED trigger failed. Use this as "default_trigger" for the LED. - */ -const char *rfkill_get_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill); - -/** - * rfkill_set_led_trigger_name -- set the LED trigger name - * @rfkill: rfkill struct - * @name: LED trigger name - * - * This function sets the LED trigger name of the radio LED - * trigger that rfkill creates. It is optional, but if called - * must be called before rfkill_register() to be effective. - */ -void rfkill_set_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill, const char *name); -#else -static inline const char *rfkill_get_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill) -{ - return NULL; -} - -static inline void -rfkill_set_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill, const char *name) -{ -} -#endif - #endif /* __KERNEL__ */ #endif /* RFKILL_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 749b527b21465fb079796c03ffb4302584dc31c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Luis R. Rodriguez" Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 10:18:54 -0700 Subject: cfg80211: fix allowing country IEs for WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY We should be enabling country IE hints for WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY even if we haven't yet recieved regulatory domain hint for the driver if it needed one. Without this Country IEs are not passed on to drivers that have set WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY, today this is just all Atheros chipset drivers: ath5k, ath9k, ar9170, carl9170. This was part of the original design, however it was completely overlooked... Cc: Easwar Krishnan Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 15 ++++++++------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 2a7936d7851d..e5702f5ac57c 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1321,13 +1321,14 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { * initiator is %REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE). * @WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY: tells us the driver for this device will * ignore regulatory domain settings until it gets its own regulatory - * domain via its regulatory_hint(). After its gets its own regulatory - * domain it will only allow further regulatory domain settings to - * further enhance compliance. For example if channel 13 and 14 are - * disabled by this regulatory domain no user regulatory domain can - * enable these channels at a later time. This can be used for devices - * which do not have calibration information gauranteed for frequencies - * or settings outside of its regulatory domain. + * domain via its regulatory_hint() unless the regulatory hint is + * from a country IE. After its gets its own regulatory domain it will + * only allow further regulatory domain settings to further enhance + * compliance. For example if channel 13 and 14 are disabled by this + * regulatory domain no user regulatory domain can enable these channels + * at a later time. This can be used for devices which do not have + * calibration information guaranteed for frequencies or settings + * outside of its regulatory domain. * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_BEACON_HINTS: enable this if your driver needs to ensure * that passive scan flags and beaconing flags may not be lifted by * cfg80211 due to regulatory beacon hints. For more information on beacon -- cgit v1.2.3 From ca4ffe8f2848169a8ded0ea8a60b2d81925564c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Luis R. Rodriguez" Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 10:18:55 -0700 Subject: cfg80211: fix disabling channels based on hints After a module loads you will have loaded the world roaming regulatory domain or a custom regulatory domain. Further regulatory hints are welcomed and should be respected unless the regulatory hint is coming from a country IE as the IEEE spec allows for a country IE to be a subset of what is allowed by the local regulatory agencies. So disable all channels that do not fit a regulatory domain sent from a unless the hint is from a country IE and the country IE had no information about the band we are currently processing. This fixes a few regulatory issues, for example for drivers that depend on CRDA and had no 5 GHz freqencies allowed were not properly disabling 5 GHz at all, furthermore it also allows users to restrict devices further as was intended. If you recieve a country IE upon association we will also disable the channels that are not allowed if the country IE had at least one channel on the respective band we are procesing. This was the original intention behind this design but it was completely overlooked... Cc: David Quan Cc: Jouni Malinen cc: Easwar Krishnan Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 6 +++++- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 0edb2566c14c..fb877b5621b7 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1307,7 +1307,11 @@ enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it - * thinks we should consider. + * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country + * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information + * structure pased by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. + * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should + * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. */ enum nl80211_reg_initiator { NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, -- cgit v1.2.3 From c8aea565e8f715d9f10064b1cbfbc15bf75df501 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Gery Kahn Date: Tue, 5 Oct 2010 16:09:05 +0200 Subject: wl1271: ref_clock cosmetic changes Cosmetic cleanup for ref_clock code while configured by board. Signed-off-by: Gery Kahn Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho --- include/linux/wl12xx.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/wl12xx.h b/include/linux/wl12xx.h index 4f902e1908aa..bebb8efea0a6 100644 --- a/include/linux/wl12xx.h +++ b/include/linux/wl12xx.h @@ -24,6 +24,14 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_WL12XX_H #define _LINUX_WL12XX_H +/* The board reference clock values */ +enum { + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_19 = 0, /* 19.2 MHz */ + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_26 = 1, /* 26 MHz */ + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_38 = 2, /* 38.4 MHz */ + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_54 = 3, /* 54 MHz */ +}; + struct wl12xx_platform_data { void (*set_power)(bool enable); /* SDIO only: IRQ number if WLAN_IRQ line is used, 0 for SDIO IRQs */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7919a57bc608140aa8614c19eac40c6916fb61d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andreas Herrmann Date: Mon, 30 Aug 2010 19:04:01 +0000 Subject: bitops: Provide generic sign_extend32 function This patch moves code out from wireless drivers where two different functions are defined in three code locations for the same purpose and provides a common function to sign extend a 32-bit value. Signed-off-by: Andreas Herrmann Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/bitops.h | 11 +++++++++++ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/bitops.h b/include/linux/bitops.h index 827cc95711ef..2184c6b97aeb 100644 --- a/include/linux/bitops.h +++ b/include/linux/bitops.h @@ -109,6 +109,17 @@ static inline __u8 ror8(__u8 word, unsigned int shift) return (word >> shift) | (word << (8 - shift)); } +/** + * sign_extend32 - sign extend a 32-bit value using specified bit as sign-bit + * @value: value to sign extend + * @index: 0 based bit index (0<=index<32) to sign bit + */ +static inline __s32 sign_extend32(__u32 value, int index) +{ + __u8 shift = 31 - index; + return (__s32)(value << shift) >> shift; +} + static inline unsigned fls_long(unsigned long l) { if (sizeof(l) == 4) -- cgit v1.2.3 From cc9ff19da9bf76a2f70bcb80225a1c587c162e52 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Timo=20Ter=C3=A4s?= Date: Wed, 3 Nov 2010 04:41:38 +0000 Subject: xfrm: use gre key as flow upper protocol info MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit The GRE Key field is intended to be used for identifying an individual traffic flow within a tunnel. It is useful to be able to have XFRM policy selector matches to have different policies for different GRE tunnels. Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/flow.h | 2 ++ include/net/xfrm.h | 6 ++++++ 2 files changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/flow.h b/include/net/flow.h index 0ac3fb5e0973..7196e6864b8d 100644 --- a/include/net/flow.h +++ b/include/net/flow.h @@ -67,6 +67,7 @@ struct flowi { } dnports; __be32 spi; + __be32 gre_key; struct { __u8 type; @@ -78,6 +79,7 @@ struct flowi { #define fl_icmp_code uli_u.icmpt.code #define fl_ipsec_spi uli_u.spi #define fl_mh_type uli_u.mht.type +#define fl_gre_key uli_u.gre_key __u32 secid; /* used by xfrm; see secid.txt */ } __attribute__((__aligned__(BITS_PER_LONG/8))); diff --git a/include/net/xfrm.h b/include/net/xfrm.h index bcfb6b24b019..54b283229488 100644 --- a/include/net/xfrm.h +++ b/include/net/xfrm.h @@ -805,6 +805,9 @@ __be16 xfrm_flowi_sport(struct flowi *fl) case IPPROTO_MH: port = htons(fl->fl_mh_type); break; + case IPPROTO_GRE: + port = htonl(fl->fl_gre_key) >> 16; + break; default: port = 0; /*XXX*/ } @@ -826,6 +829,9 @@ __be16 xfrm_flowi_dport(struct flowi *fl) case IPPROTO_ICMPV6: port = htons(fl->fl_icmp_code); break; + case IPPROTO_GRE: + port = htonl(fl->fl_gre_key) & 0xffff; + break; default: port = 0; /*XXX*/ } -- cgit v1.2.3 From fe8222406c8277a21172479d3a8283d31c209028 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Tue, 9 Nov 2010 10:47:38 +0000 Subject: net: Simplify RX queue allocation This patch move RX queue allocation to alloc_netdev_mq and freeing of the queues to free_netdev (symmetric to TX queue allocation). Each kobject RX queue takes a reference to the queue's device so that the device can't be freed before all the kobjects have been released-- this obviates the need for reference counts specific to RX queues. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 6e4cfbc53d4c..fccb11f879e5 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -592,8 +592,7 @@ struct netdev_rx_queue { struct rps_map __rcu *rps_map; struct rps_dev_flow_table __rcu *rps_flow_table; struct kobject kobj; - struct netdev_rx_queue *first; - atomic_t count; + struct net_device *dev; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; #endif /* CONFIG_RPS */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c59504ebc5baa628706d10c2d3c7e1f4bc3c2147 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joe Perches Date: Sun, 14 Nov 2010 17:04:57 +0000 Subject: include/linux/if_macvlan.h: Remove unnecessary semicolons Signed-off-by: Joe Perches Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_macvlan.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h index 8a2fd66a8b5f..ac96a2d76291 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h +++ b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ static inline void macvlan_count_rx(const struct macvlan_dev *vlan, rx_stats = this_cpu_ptr(vlan->rx_stats); if (likely(success)) { u64_stats_update_begin(&rx_stats->syncp); - rx_stats->rx_packets++;; + rx_stats->rx_packets++; rx_stats->rx_bytes += len; if (multicast) rx_stats->rx_multicast++; -- cgit v1.2.3 From d577f1ccdd8ae8bfbe6063eb2ba2a350259e9031 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joe Perches Date: Sun, 14 Nov 2010 17:04:58 +0000 Subject: include/net/caif/cfctrl.h: Remove unnecessary semicolons Signed-off-by: Joe Perches Acked-by: Sjur Braendeland Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/caif/cfctrl.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/caif/cfctrl.h b/include/net/caif/cfctrl.h index 9402543fc20d..e54f6396fa4c 100644 --- a/include/net/caif/cfctrl.h +++ b/include/net/caif/cfctrl.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ struct cfctrl_rsp { void (*restart_rsp)(void); void (*radioset_rsp)(void); void (*reject_rsp)(struct cflayer *layer, u8 linkid, - struct cflayer *client_layer);; + struct cflayer *client_layer); }; /* Link Setup Parameters for CAIF-Links. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a386f99025f13b32502fe5dedf223c20d7283826 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 06:38:11 +0000 Subject: bridge: add proper RCU annotation to should_route_hook Add br_should_route_hook_t typedef, this is the only way we can get a clean RCU implementation for function pointer. Move route_hook to location where it is used. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_bridge.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_bridge.h b/include/linux/if_bridge.h index 0d241a5c4909..f7e73c338c40 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_bridge.h +++ b/include/linux/if_bridge.h @@ -102,7 +102,9 @@ struct __fdb_entry { #include extern void brioctl_set(int (*ioctl_hook)(struct net *, unsigned int, void __user *)); -extern int (*br_should_route_hook)(struct sk_buff *skb); + +typedef int (*br_should_route_hook_t)(struct sk_buff *skb); +extern br_should_route_hook_t __rcu *br_should_route_hook; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 61391cde9eefac5cfcf6d214aa80c77e58b1626b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephen hemminger Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 06:38:12 +0000 Subject: netdev: add rcu annotations to receive handler hook Suggested by Eric's bridge RCU changes. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index fccb11f879e5..b45c1b8b1d19 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -994,8 +994,8 @@ struct net_device { unsigned int real_num_rx_queues; #endif - rx_handler_func_t *rx_handler; - void *rx_handler_data; + rx_handler_func_t __rcu *rx_handler; + void __rcu *rx_handler_data; struct netdev_queue __rcu *ingress_queue; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3654654f7aa79a37dde130afb7409c55b11807e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jan Engelhardt Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 09:52:32 -0800 Subject: netlink: let nlmsg and nla functions take pointer-to-const args The changed functions do not modify the NL messages and/or attributes at all. They should use const (similar to strchr), so that callers which have a const nlmsg/nlattr around can make use of them without casting. While at it, constify a data array. Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/netlink.h | 21 +++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netlink.h b/include/net/netlink.h index 9801c55de5d6..373f1a900cf4 100644 --- a/include/net/netlink.h +++ b/include/net/netlink.h @@ -225,13 +225,15 @@ extern int nlmsg_notify(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb, u32 pid, unsigned int group, int report, gfp_t flags); -extern int nla_validate(struct nlattr *head, int len, int maxtype, +extern int nla_validate(const struct nlattr *head, + int len, int maxtype, const struct nla_policy *policy); -extern int nla_parse(struct nlattr *tb[], int maxtype, - struct nlattr *head, int len, +extern int nla_parse(struct nlattr **tb, int maxtype, + const struct nlattr *head, int len, const struct nla_policy *policy); extern int nla_policy_len(const struct nla_policy *, int); -extern struct nlattr * nla_find(struct nlattr *head, int len, int attrtype); +extern struct nlattr * nla_find(const struct nlattr *head, + int len, int attrtype); extern size_t nla_strlcpy(char *dst, const struct nlattr *nla, size_t dstsize); extern int nla_memcpy(void *dest, const struct nlattr *src, int count); @@ -346,7 +348,8 @@ static inline int nlmsg_ok(const struct nlmsghdr *nlh, int remaining) * Returns the next netlink message in the message stream and * decrements remaining by the size of the current message. */ -static inline struct nlmsghdr *nlmsg_next(struct nlmsghdr *nlh, int *remaining) +static inline struct nlmsghdr * +nlmsg_next(const struct nlmsghdr *nlh, int *remaining) { int totlen = NLMSG_ALIGN(nlh->nlmsg_len); @@ -398,7 +401,8 @@ static inline struct nlattr *nlmsg_find_attr(const struct nlmsghdr *nlh, * @maxtype: maximum attribute type to be expected * @policy: validation policy */ -static inline int nlmsg_validate(struct nlmsghdr *nlh, int hdrlen, int maxtype, +static inline int nlmsg_validate(const struct nlmsghdr *nlh, + int hdrlen, int maxtype, const struct nla_policy *policy) { if (nlh->nlmsg_len < nlmsg_msg_size(hdrlen)) @@ -727,7 +731,8 @@ static inline struct nlattr *nla_next(const struct nlattr *nla, int *remaining) * * Returns the first attribute which matches the specified type. */ -static inline struct nlattr *nla_find_nested(struct nlattr *nla, int attrtype) +static inline struct nlattr * +nla_find_nested(const struct nlattr *nla, int attrtype) { return nla_find(nla_data(nla), nla_len(nla), attrtype); } @@ -1032,7 +1037,7 @@ static inline void nla_nest_cancel(struct sk_buff *skb, struct nlattr *start) * * Returns 0 on success or a negative error code. */ -static inline int nla_validate_nested(struct nlattr *start, int maxtype, +static inline int nla_validate_nested(const struct nlattr *start, int maxtype, const struct nla_policy *policy) { return nla_validate(nla_data(start), nla_len(start), maxtype, policy); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8ffab51b3dfc54876f145f15b351c41f3f703195 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Wed, 10 Nov 2010 21:14:04 +0000 Subject: macvlan: lockless tx path macvlan is a stacked device, like tunnels. We should use the lockless mechanism we are using in tunnels and loopback. This patch completely removes locking in TX path. tx stat counters are added into existing percpu stat structure, renamed from rx_stats to pcpu_stats. Note : this reverts commit 2c11455321f37 (macvlan: add multiqueue capability) Note : rx_errors converted to a 32bit counter, like tx_dropped, since they dont need 64bit range. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Patrick McHardy Cc: Ben Greear Cc: Ben Hutchings Acked-by: Patrick McHardy Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_macvlan.h | 34 ++++++++++++++++++++-------------- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h index ac96a2d76291..e28b2e4959d4 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h +++ b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h @@ -25,19 +25,25 @@ struct macvlan_port; struct macvtap_queue; /** - * struct macvlan_rx_stats - MACVLAN percpu rx stats + * struct macvlan_pcpu_stats - MACVLAN percpu stats * @rx_packets: number of received packets * @rx_bytes: number of received bytes * @rx_multicast: number of received multicast packets + * @tx_packets: number of transmitted packets + * @tx_bytes: number of transmitted bytes * @syncp: synchronization point for 64bit counters - * @rx_errors: number of errors + * @rx_errors: number of rx errors + * @tx_dropped: number of tx dropped packets */ -struct macvlan_rx_stats { +struct macvlan_pcpu_stats { u64 rx_packets; u64 rx_bytes; u64 rx_multicast; + u64 tx_packets; + u64 tx_bytes; struct u64_stats_sync syncp; - unsigned long rx_errors; + u32 rx_errors; + u32 tx_dropped; }; /* @@ -52,7 +58,7 @@ struct macvlan_dev { struct hlist_node hlist; struct macvlan_port *port; struct net_device *lowerdev; - struct macvlan_rx_stats __percpu *rx_stats; + struct macvlan_pcpu_stats __percpu *pcpu_stats; enum macvlan_mode mode; int (*receive)(struct sk_buff *skb); int (*forward)(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb); @@ -64,18 +70,18 @@ static inline void macvlan_count_rx(const struct macvlan_dev *vlan, unsigned int len, bool success, bool multicast) { - struct macvlan_rx_stats *rx_stats; - - rx_stats = this_cpu_ptr(vlan->rx_stats); if (likely(success)) { - u64_stats_update_begin(&rx_stats->syncp); - rx_stats->rx_packets++; - rx_stats->rx_bytes += len; + struct macvlan_pcpu_stats *pcpu_stats; + + pcpu_stats = this_cpu_ptr(vlan->pcpu_stats); + u64_stats_update_begin(&pcpu_stats->syncp); + pcpu_stats->rx_packets++; + pcpu_stats->rx_bytes += len; if (multicast) - rx_stats->rx_multicast++; - u64_stats_update_end(&rx_stats->syncp); + pcpu_stats->rx_multicast++; + u64_stats_update_end(&pcpu_stats->syncp); } else { - rx_stats->rx_errors++; + this_cpu_inc(vlan->pcpu_stats->rx_errors); } } -- cgit v1.2.3 From c31504dc0d1dc853dcee509d9999169a9097a717 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 19:58:26 +0000 Subject: udp: use atomic_inc_not_zero_hint UDP sockets refcount is usually 2, unless an incoming frame is going to be queued in receive or backlog queue. Using atomic_inc_not_zero_hint() permits to reduce latency, because processor issues less memory transactions. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sock.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sock.h b/include/net/sock.h index a6338d039857..eb0c1f504678 100644 --- a/include/net/sock.h +++ b/include/net/sock.h @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ #include #include -#include +#include #include #include -- cgit v1.2.3 From b178bb3dfc30d9555bdd2401e95af98e23e83e10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 05:56:04 +0000 Subject: net: reorder struct sock fields Right now, fields in struct sock are not optimally ordered, because each path (RX softirq, TX completion, RX user, TX user) has to touch fields that are contained in many different cache lines. The really critical thing is to shrink number of cache lines that are used at RX softirq time : CPU handling softirqs for a device can receive many frames per second for many sockets. If load is too big, we can drop frames at NIC level. RPS or multiqueue cards can help, but better reduce latency if possible. This patch starts with UDP protocol, then additional patches will try to reduce latencies of other ones as well. At RX softirq time, fields of interest for UDP protocol are : (not counting ones in inet struct for the lookup) Read/Written: sk_refcnt (atomic increment/decrement) sk_rmem_alloc & sk_backlog.len (to check if there is room in queues) sk_receive_queue sk_backlog (if socket locked by user program) sk_rxhash sk_forward_alloc sk_drops Read only: sk_rcvbuf (sk_rcvqueues_full()) sk_filter sk_wq sk_policy[0] sk_flags Additional notes : - sk_backlog has one hole on 64bit arches. We can fill it to save 8 bytes. - sk_backlog is used only if RX sofirq handler finds the socket while locked by user. - sk_rxhash is written only once per flow. - sk_drops is written only if queues are full Final layout : [1] One section grouping all read/write fields, but placing rxhash and sk_backlog at the end of this section. [2] One section grouping all read fields in RX handler (sk_filter, sk_rcv_buf, sk_wq) [3] Section used by other paths I'll post a patch on its own to put sk_refcnt at the end of struct sock_common so that it shares same cache line than section [1] New offsets on 64bit arch : sizeof(struct sock)=0x268 offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) =0x10 offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x48 offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0x68 offsetof(struct sock, sk_backlog)=0x80 offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc)=0x80 offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x98 offsetof(struct sock, sk_rxhash)=0x9c offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf)=0xa4 offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0xa0 offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter)=0xa8 offsetof(struct sock, sk_wq)=0xb0 offsetof(struct sock, sk_policy)=0xd0 offsetof(struct sock, sk_flags) =0xe0 Instead of : sizeof(struct sock)=0x270 offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) =0x10 offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x50 offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0xc0 offsetof(struct sock, sk_backlog)=0x70 offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc)=0xac offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x10c offsetof(struct sock, sk_rxhash)=0x128 offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf)=0x4c offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0x16c offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter)=0x198 offsetof(struct sock, sk_wq)=0x88 offsetof(struct sock, sk_policy)=0x98 offsetof(struct sock, sk_flags) =0x130 Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sock.h | 55 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sock.h b/include/net/sock.h index eb0c1f504678..5557dfb3dd68 100644 --- a/include/net/sock.h +++ b/include/net/sock.h @@ -241,59 +241,67 @@ struct sock { #define sk_bind_node __sk_common.skc_bind_node #define sk_prot __sk_common.skc_prot #define sk_net __sk_common.skc_net - kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(flags); - unsigned int sk_shutdown : 2, - sk_no_check : 2, - sk_userlocks : 4, - sk_protocol : 8, - sk_type : 16; - kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags); - int sk_rcvbuf; socket_lock_t sk_lock; + struct sk_buff_head sk_receive_queue; /* * The backlog queue is special, it is always used with * the per-socket spinlock held and requires low latency * access. Therefore we special case it's implementation. + * Note : rmem_alloc is in this structure to fill a hole + * on 64bit arches, not because its logically part of + * backlog. */ struct { - struct sk_buff *head; - struct sk_buff *tail; - int len; + atomic_t rmem_alloc; + int len; + struct sk_buff *head; + struct sk_buff *tail; } sk_backlog; +#define sk_rmem_alloc sk_backlog.rmem_alloc + int sk_forward_alloc; +#ifdef CONFIG_RPS + __u32 sk_rxhash; +#endif + atomic_t sk_drops; + int sk_rcvbuf; + + struct sk_filter __rcu *sk_filter; struct socket_wq *sk_wq; - struct dst_entry *sk_dst_cache; + +#ifdef CONFIG_NET_DMA + struct sk_buff_head sk_async_wait_queue; +#endif + #ifdef CONFIG_XFRM struct xfrm_policy *sk_policy[2]; #endif + unsigned long sk_flags; + struct dst_entry *sk_dst_cache; spinlock_t sk_dst_lock; - atomic_t sk_rmem_alloc; atomic_t sk_wmem_alloc; atomic_t sk_omem_alloc; int sk_sndbuf; - struct sk_buff_head sk_receive_queue; struct sk_buff_head sk_write_queue; -#ifdef CONFIG_NET_DMA - struct sk_buff_head sk_async_wait_queue; -#endif + kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(flags); + unsigned int sk_shutdown : 2, + sk_no_check : 2, + sk_userlocks : 4, + sk_protocol : 8, + sk_type : 16; + kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags); int sk_wmem_queued; - int sk_forward_alloc; gfp_t sk_allocation; int sk_route_caps; int sk_route_nocaps; int sk_gso_type; unsigned int sk_gso_max_size; int sk_rcvlowat; -#ifdef CONFIG_RPS - __u32 sk_rxhash; -#endif - unsigned long sk_flags; unsigned long sk_lingertime; struct sk_buff_head sk_error_queue; struct proto *sk_prot_creator; rwlock_t sk_callback_lock; int sk_err, sk_err_soft; - atomic_t sk_drops; unsigned short sk_ack_backlog; unsigned short sk_max_ack_backlog; __u32 sk_priority; @@ -301,7 +309,6 @@ struct sock { const struct cred *sk_peer_cred; long sk_rcvtimeo; long sk_sndtimeo; - struct sk_filter __rcu *sk_filter; void *sk_protinfo; struct timer_list sk_timer; ktime_t sk_stamp; -- cgit v1.2.3 From f23a478075659db8a4fd62fa6e264a8bb052cc5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arik Nemtsov Date: Mon, 8 Nov 2010 11:51:06 +0200 Subject: mac80211: support hardware TX fragmentation offload The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes and upon a reconfig of the interface. If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment packets in the stack. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 9fdf982d1286..6122e8a3297e 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -1652,6 +1652,11 @@ enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action { * and IV16) for the given key from hardware. * The callback must be atomic. * + * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this + * if the device does fragmentation by itself; if this callback is + * implemented then the stack will not do fragmentation. + * The callback can sleep. + * * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it) * The callback can sleep. * @@ -1765,6 +1770,7 @@ struct ieee80211_ops { struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats); void (*get_tkip_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 hw_key_idx, u32 *iv32, u16 *iv16); + int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta); -- cgit v1.2.3 From afe0cbf87500f0585d217deb8c6fd329793a7957 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Wed, 10 Nov 2010 12:50:50 +0900 Subject: cfg80211: Add nl80211 antenna configuration Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211. The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use. This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups. Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use this antenna. Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on that. 802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on the antenna information. Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and to enable or disable antenna diversity. While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare, but useful configurations as follows: 1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals ("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel. (This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2). 2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX antenna, while staying within the legal limits. (This would be: tx 0 rx 3). 3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf -- v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 28 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index fb877b5621b7..17c5c8849250 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -804,6 +804,28 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly * means support for per-station GTKs. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. + * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should + * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this + * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. + * + * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first + * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n + * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to + * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if + * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. + * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be + * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. + * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. + * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot + * support by returning -EINVAL. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. + * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should + * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap + * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. + * For a more detailed descripton see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -973,6 +995,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index e5702f5ac57c..07425e648a09 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1304,6 +1304,9 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, u16 frame_type, bool reg); + + int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); + int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); }; /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 15d967532148a5fcda075282b82a271b6595a386 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Wed, 10 Nov 2010 12:50:56 +0900 Subject: mac80211: Add antenna configuration Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it. We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 6122e8a3297e..a7323eca08d1 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -1799,6 +1799,8 @@ struct ieee80211_ops { void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); int (*napi_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int budget); + int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); + int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From a619a4c0e1fd4e8c360c63d0df3fa0a401107d69 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Juuso Oikarinen Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 08:50:18 +0200 Subject: mac80211: Add function to get probe request template for current AP Chipsets with hardware based connection monitoring need to autonomically send directed probe-request frames to the AP (in the event of beacon loss, for example.) For the hardware to be able to do this, it requires a template for the frame to transmit to the AP, filled in with the BSSID and SSID of the AP, but also the supported rate IE's. This patch adds a function to mac80211, which allows the hardware driver to fetch this template after association, so it can be configured to the hardware. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen Acked-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index a7323eca08d1..af7e84199e62 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -2508,6 +2508,21 @@ struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block); +/** + * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template + * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). + * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. + * + * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to + * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate + * information. This function must only be called from within the + * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function + * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return + * NULL. + */ +struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + struct ieee80211_vif *vif); + /** * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons * -- cgit v1.2.3 From 885a46d0f7942d76c2f3860acb45f75237d3bb42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felix Fietkau Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 15:07:22 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: add support for setting the ad-hoc multicast rate Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 17c5c8849250..037b4e498890 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -826,6 +826,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. * For a more detailed descripton see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -998,6 +1000,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, + NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 07425e648a09..8fd9eebd0cc9 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -923,6 +923,7 @@ struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured * after joining * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS + * @mcast_rate: multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) */ struct cfg80211_ibss_params { u8 *ssid; @@ -934,6 +935,7 @@ struct cfg80211_ibss_params { u32 basic_rates; bool channel_fixed; bool privacy; + int mcast_rate; }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8f0729b16ae354f9db89394fc1d2d65003455d56 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felix Fietkau Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 15:07:23 +0100 Subject: mac80211: add support for setting the ad-hoc multicast rate Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index af7e84199e62..1248369a7c30 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -205,6 +205,7 @@ enum ieee80211_bss_change { * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an * index into the rate table configured by the driver in * the current band. + * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for AP and Ad-Hoc (in 100 kbps) * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not * @channel_type: Channel type for this BSS -- the hardware might be @@ -244,6 +245,7 @@ struct ieee80211_bss_conf { u16 assoc_capability; u64 timestamp; u32 basic_rates; + u32 mcast_rate; u16 ht_operation_mode; s32 cqm_rssi_thold; u32 cqm_rssi_hyst; @@ -2663,7 +2665,7 @@ enum rate_control_changed { * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested rate mask (not MCS for now) * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs * to be filled in - * @ap: whether this frame is sent out in AP mode + * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode */ struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control { struct ieee80211_hw *hw; @@ -2674,7 +2676,7 @@ struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control { bool rts, short_preamble; u8 max_rate_idx; u32 rate_idx_mask; - bool ap; + bool bss; }; struct rate_control_ops { -- cgit v1.2.3 From da6836500414ae734cd9873c2d553db594f831e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Paris Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 11:52:38 +0000 Subject: netfilter: allow hooks to pass error code back up the stack SELinux would like to pass certain fatal errors back up the stack. This patch implements the generic netfilter support for this functionality. Based-on-patch-by: Patrick McHardy Signed-off-by: Eric Paris Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netfilter.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter.h b/include/linux/netfilter.h index 03317c8d4077..1893837b3966 100644 --- a/include/linux/netfilter.h +++ b/include/linux/netfilter.h @@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ #define NF_QUEUE_NR(x) ((((x) << NF_VERDICT_BITS) & NF_VERDICT_QMASK) | NF_QUEUE) +#define NF_DROP_ERR(x) (((-x) << NF_VERDICT_BITS) | NF_DROP) + /* only for userspace compatibility */ #ifndef __KERNEL__ /* Generic cache responses from hook functions. -- cgit v1.2.3 From f8ff182c716c6f11ca3061961f5722f26a14e101 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 04:30:14 +0000 Subject: rtnetlink: Link address family API Each net_device contains address family specific data such as per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink. The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK request for each address family it wishes to receive data of and then merge this data itself. This patch implements a new API which combines all address family specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC. IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each address family which in turn defines the structure of its own attribute. Example: [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { [AF_INET] = { [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., }, [AF_INET6] = { [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., } } The API also allows for address families to implement a function which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to implement address family specific link options. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_link.h | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ include/net/rtnetlink.h | 31 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 50 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_link.h b/include/linux/if_link.h index 2fc66dd783ee..443d04a66a79 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/linux/if_link.h @@ -80,6 +80,24 @@ struct rtnl_link_ifmap { __u8 port; }; +/* + * IFLA_AF_SPEC + * Contains nested attributes for address family specific attributes. + * Each address family may create a attribute with the address family + * number as type and create its own attribute structure in it. + * + * Example: + * [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { + * [AF_INET] = { + * [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., + * }, + * [AF_INET6] = { + * [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., + * [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., + * } + * } + */ + enum { IFLA_UNSPEC, IFLA_ADDRESS, @@ -116,6 +134,7 @@ enum { IFLA_STATS64, IFLA_VF_PORTS, IFLA_PORT_SELF, + IFLA_AF_SPEC, __IFLA_MAX }; diff --git a/include/net/rtnetlink.h b/include/net/rtnetlink.h index e013c68bfb00..35be0bbcd7da 100644 --- a/include/net/rtnetlink.h +++ b/include/net/rtnetlink.h @@ -83,6 +83,37 @@ extern void __rtnl_link_unregister(struct rtnl_link_ops *ops); extern int rtnl_link_register(struct rtnl_link_ops *ops); extern void rtnl_link_unregister(struct rtnl_link_ops *ops); +/** + * struct rtnl_af_ops - rtnetlink address family operations + * + * @list: Used internally + * @family: Address family + * @fill_link_af: Function to fill IFLA_AF_SPEC with address family + * specific netlink attributes. + * @get_link_af_size: Function to calculate size of address family specific + * netlink attributes exlusive the container attribute. + * @parse_link_af: Function to parse a IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute and modify + * net_device accordingly. + */ +struct rtnl_af_ops { + struct list_head list; + int family; + + int (*fill_link_af)(struct sk_buff *skb, + const struct net_device *dev); + size_t (*get_link_af_size)(const struct net_device *dev); + + int (*parse_link_af)(struct net_device *dev, + const struct nlattr *attr); +}; + +extern int __rtnl_af_register(struct rtnl_af_ops *ops); +extern void __rtnl_af_unregister(struct rtnl_af_ops *ops); + +extern int rtnl_af_register(struct rtnl_af_ops *ops); +extern void rtnl_af_unregister(struct rtnl_af_ops *ops); + + extern struct net *rtnl_link_get_net(struct net *src_net, struct nlattr *tb[]); extern struct net_device *rtnl_create_link(struct net *src_net, struct net *net, char *ifname, const struct rtnl_link_ops *ops, struct nlattr *tb[]); -- cgit v1.2.3 From ca7479ebbd9f7621646bf2792cb7143647f035bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 04:31:20 +0000 Subject: inet: Define IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX Define IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX to get rid of MAX - 1 notation. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/inetdevice.h | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/inetdevice.h b/include/linux/inetdevice.h index 380ba6bc5db1..2b86eaf11773 100644 --- a/include/linux/inetdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/inetdevice.h @@ -41,10 +41,12 @@ enum __IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX }; +#define IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX (__IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1) + struct ipv4_devconf { void *sysctl; - int data[__IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1]; - DECLARE_BITMAP(state, __IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1); + int data[IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX]; + DECLARE_BITMAP(state, IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX); }; struct in_device { @@ -90,7 +92,7 @@ static inline void ipv4_devconf_set(struct in_device *in_dev, int index, static inline void ipv4_devconf_setall(struct in_device *in_dev) { - bitmap_fill(in_dev->cnf.state, __IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1); + bitmap_fill(in_dev->cnf.state, IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX); } #define IN_DEV_CONF_GET(in_dev, attr) \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9f0f7272ac9506f4c8c05cc597b7e376b0b9f3e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 04:32:48 +0000 Subject: ipv4: AF_INET link address family Implements the AF_INET link address family exposing the per device configuration settings via netlink using the attribute IFLA_INET_CONF. The format of IFLA_INET_CONF differs depending on the direction the attribute is sent. The attribute sent by the kernel consists of a u32 array, basically a 1:1 copy of in_device->cnf.data[]. The attribute expected by the kernel must consist of a sequence of nested u32 attributes, each representing a change request, e.g. [IFLA_INET_CONF] = { [IPV4_DEVCONF_FORWARDING] = 1, [IPV4_DEVCONF_NOXFRM] = 0, } libnl userspace API documentation and example available from: http://www.infradead.org/~tgr/libnl/doc-git/group__link__inet.html Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_link.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_link.h b/include/linux/if_link.h index 443d04a66a79..2e02e4d7b11e 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/linux/if_link.h @@ -147,6 +147,14 @@ enum { #define IFLA_PAYLOAD(n) NLMSG_PAYLOAD(n,sizeof(struct ifinfomsg)) #endif +enum { + IFLA_INET_UNSPEC, + IFLA_INET_CONF, + __IFLA_INET_MAX, +}; + +#define IFLA_INET_MAX (__IFLA_INET_MAX - 1) + /* ifi_flags. IFF_* flags. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5811662b15db018c740c57d037523683fd3e6123 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 18:43:55 +0000 Subject: net: use the macros defined for the members of flowi Use the macros defined for the members of flowi to clean the code up. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/route.h | 12 +++++------- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/route.h b/include/net/route.h index 5cd46d1c0e14..b8c1f7703fc6 100644 --- a/include/net/route.h +++ b/include/net/route.h @@ -169,14 +169,12 @@ static inline int ip_route_connect(struct rtable **rp, __be32 dst, { struct flowi fl = { .oif = oif, .mark = sk->sk_mark, - .nl_u = { .ip4_u = { .daddr = dst, - .saddr = src, - .tos = tos } }, + .fl4_dst = dst, + .fl4_src = src, + .fl4_tos = tos, .proto = protocol, - .uli_u = { .ports = - { .sport = sport, - .dport = dport } } }; - + .fl_ip_sport = sport, + .fl_ip_dport = dport }; int err; struct net *net = sock_net(sk); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4bce22b9b84032c77c7e038b07b24fcc706dfc10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 11:49:58 -0800 Subject: mac80211: defines for AC numbers In many places we've just hardcoded the AC numbers -- which is a relic from the original mac80211 (d80211). Add constants for them so we know what we're talking about. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 14 ++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 1248369a7c30..5b0fff2178bb 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -96,6 +96,20 @@ enum ieee80211_max_queues { IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 4, }; +/** + * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211 + * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice + * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video + * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort + * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background + */ +enum ieee80211_ac_numbers { + IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0, + IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1, + IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2, + IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3, +}; + /** * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration * -- cgit v1.2.3 From 866f3b25a2eb60d7529c227a0ecd80c3aba443fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 09:33:19 -0800 Subject: bonding: IGMP handling cleanup Instead of iterating in_dev->mc_list from bonding driver, its better to call a helper function provided by igmp.c Details of implementation (locking) are private to igmp code. ip_mc_rejoin_group(struct ip_mc_list *im) becomes ip_mc_rejoin_groups(struct in_device *in_dev); Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/igmp.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/igmp.h b/include/linux/igmp.h index 7d164670f264..c4987f265109 100644 --- a/include/linux/igmp.h +++ b/include/linux/igmp.h @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ extern void ip_mc_unmap(struct in_device *); extern void ip_mc_remap(struct in_device *); extern void ip_mc_dec_group(struct in_device *in_dev, __be32 addr); extern void ip_mc_inc_group(struct in_device *in_dev, __be32 addr); -extern void ip_mc_rejoin_group(struct ip_mc_list *im); +extern void ip_mc_rejoin_groups(struct in_device *in_dev); #endif #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4c3710afbc333c33100739dec10662b4ee64e219 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 20:28:24 +0000 Subject: net: move definitions of BPF_S_* to net/core/filter.c BPF_S_* are used internally, should not be exposed to the others. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 48 ------------------------------------------------ 1 file changed, 48 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 69b43dbea6c6..151f5d703b7e 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -91,54 +91,6 @@ struct sock_fprog { /* Required for SO_ATTACH_FILTER. */ #define BPF_TAX 0x00 #define BPF_TXA 0x80 -enum { - BPF_S_RET_K = 0, - BPF_S_RET_A, - BPF_S_ALU_ADD_K, - BPF_S_ALU_ADD_X, - BPF_S_ALU_SUB_K, - BPF_S_ALU_SUB_X, - BPF_S_ALU_MUL_K, - BPF_S_ALU_MUL_X, - BPF_S_ALU_DIV_X, - BPF_S_ALU_AND_K, - BPF_S_ALU_AND_X, - BPF_S_ALU_OR_K, - BPF_S_ALU_OR_X, - BPF_S_ALU_LSH_K, - BPF_S_ALU_LSH_X, - BPF_S_ALU_RSH_K, - BPF_S_ALU_RSH_X, - BPF_S_ALU_NEG, - BPF_S_LD_W_ABS, - BPF_S_LD_H_ABS, - BPF_S_LD_B_ABS, - BPF_S_LD_W_LEN, - BPF_S_LD_W_IND, - BPF_S_LD_H_IND, - BPF_S_LD_B_IND, - BPF_S_LD_IMM, - BPF_S_LDX_W_LEN, - BPF_S_LDX_B_MSH, - BPF_S_LDX_IMM, - BPF_S_MISC_TAX, - BPF_S_MISC_TXA, - BPF_S_ALU_DIV_K, - BPF_S_LD_MEM, - BPF_S_LDX_MEM, - BPF_S_ST, - BPF_S_STX, - BPF_S_JMP_JA, - BPF_S_JMP_JEQ_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JEQ_X, - BPF_S_JMP_JGE_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JGE_X, - BPF_S_JMP_JGT_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JGT_X, - BPF_S_JMP_JSET_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JSET_X, -}; - #ifndef BPF_MAXINSNS #define BPF_MAXINSNS 4096 #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From c5485a7e7569ab32eea240c850198519e2a765ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 10:58:37 +0900 Subject: lib: Add generic exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) function This adds generic functions for calculating Exponentially Weighted Moving Averages (EWMA). This implementation makes use of a structure which keeps the EWMA parameters and a scaled up internal representation to reduce rounding errors. The original idea for this implementation came from the rt2x00 driver (rt2x00link.c). I would like to use it in several places in the mac80211 and ath5k code and I hope it can be useful in many other places in the kernel code. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/average.h | 32 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 32 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/average.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/average.h b/include/linux/average.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7706e40f95fa --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/average.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_AVERAGE_H +#define _LINUX_AVERAGE_H + +#include + +/* Exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) */ + +/* For more documentation see lib/average.c */ + +struct ewma { + unsigned long internal; + unsigned long factor; + unsigned long weight; +}; + +extern void ewma_init(struct ewma *avg, unsigned long factor, + unsigned long weight); + +extern struct ewma *ewma_add(struct ewma *avg, unsigned long val); + +/** + * ewma_read() - Get average value + * @avg: Average structure + * + * Returns the average value held in @avg. + */ +static inline unsigned long ewma_read(const struct ewma *avg) +{ + return DIV_ROUND_CLOSEST(avg->internal, avg->factor); +} + +#endif /* _LINUX_AVERAGE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 86107fd170bc379869250eb7e1bd393a3a70e8ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 10:58:48 +0900 Subject: nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet. This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 2 ++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 4 ++++ 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 037b4e498890..1ce3775e9e26 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1161,6 +1161,7 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info_txrate. * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (u32, from this station) @@ -1178,6 +1179,7 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, + NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 8fd9eebd0cc9..69e2364889f1 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -424,6 +424,7 @@ struct station_parameters { * @STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES: @tx_retries filled * @STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED: @tx_failed filled * @STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: @rx_dropped_misc filled + * @STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: @signal_avg filled */ enum station_info_flags { STATION_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME = 1<<0, @@ -439,6 +440,7 @@ enum station_info_flags { STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES = 1<<10, STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED = 1<<11, STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC = 1<<12, + STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG = 1<<13, }; /** @@ -485,6 +487,7 @@ struct rate_info { * @plid: mesh peer link id * @plink_state: mesh peer link state * @signal: signal strength of last received packet in dBm + * @signal_avg: signal strength average in dBm * @txrate: current unicast bitrate to this station * @rx_packets: packets received from this station * @tx_packets: packets transmitted to this station @@ -505,6 +508,7 @@ struct station_info { u16 plid; u8 plink_state; s8 signal; + s8 signal_avg; struct rate_info txrate; u32 rx_packets; u32 tx_packets; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 93aaae2e01e57483256b7da05c9a7ebd65ad4686 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 09:49:59 -0800 Subject: filter: optimize sk_run_filter Remove pc variable to avoid arithmetic to compute fentry at each filter instruction. Jumps directly manipulate fentry pointer. As the last instruction of filter[] is guaranteed to be a RETURN, and all jumps are before the last instruction, we dont need to check filter bounds (number of instructions in filter array) at each iteration, so we remove it from sk_run_filter() params. On x86_32 remove f_k var introduced in commit 57fe93b374a6b871 (filter: make sure filters dont read uninitialized memory) Note : We could use a CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_{FEW|MANY}_REGISTERS in order to avoid too many ifdefs in this code. This helps compiler to use cpu registers to hold fentry and A accumulator. On x86_32, this saves 401 bytes, and more important, sk_run_filter() runs much faster because less register pressure (One less conditional branch per BPF instruction) # size net/core/filter.o net/core/filter_pre.o text data bss dec hex filename 2948 0 0 2948 b84 net/core/filter.o 3349 0 0 3349 d15 net/core/filter_pre.o on x86_64 : # size net/core/filter.o net/core/filter_pre.o text data bss dec hex filename 5173 0 0 5173 1435 net/core/filter.o 5224 0 0 5224 1468 net/core/filter_pre.o Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Acked-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 151f5d703b7e..447a775878fb 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ struct sock; extern int sk_filter(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb); extern unsigned int sk_run_filter(struct sk_buff *skb, - struct sock_filter *filter, int flen); + const struct sock_filter *filter); extern int sk_attach_filter(struct sock_fprog *fprog, struct sock *sk); extern int sk_detach_filter(struct sock *sk); extern int sk_chk_filter(struct sock_filter *filter, int flen); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 20a95a2169d1cd3da50cf65ba882d0e27a4a2d4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jan Engelhardt Date: Sat, 20 Nov 2010 18:07:21 +0000 Subject: netns: let net_generic take pointer-to-const args This commit is same in nature as v2.6.37-rc1-755-g3654654; the network namespace itself is not modified when calling net_generic, so the parameter can be const. Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/netns/generic.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netns/generic.h b/include/net/netns/generic.h index 81a31c0db3e7..3419bf5cd154 100644 --- a/include/net/netns/generic.h +++ b/include/net/netns/generic.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ struct net_generic { void *ptr[0]; }; -static inline void *net_generic(struct net *net, int id) +static inline void *net_generic(const struct net *net, int id) { struct net_generic *ng; void *ptr; -- cgit v1.2.3 From eb06acdc85585f28864261f28659157848762ee4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sridhar Samudrala Date: Thu, 28 Oct 2010 13:10:50 +0000 Subject: macvlan: Introduce 'passthru' mode to takeover the underlying device With the current default 'vepa' mode, a KVM guest using virtio with macvtap backend has the following limitations. - cannot change/add a mac address on the guest virtio-net - cannot create a vlan device on the guest virtio-net - cannot enable promiscuous mode on guest virtio-net To address these limitations, this patch introduces a new mode called 'passthru' when creating a macvlan device which allows takeover of the underlying device and passing it to a guest using virtio with macvtap backend. Only one macvlan device is allowed in passthru mode and it inherits the mac address from the underlying device and sets it in promiscuous mode to receive and forward all the packets. Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_link.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_link.h b/include/linux/if_link.h index 2e02e4d7b11e..6485d2a89bec 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/linux/if_link.h @@ -259,6 +259,7 @@ enum macvlan_mode { MACVLAN_MODE_PRIVATE = 1, /* don't talk to other macvlans */ MACVLAN_MODE_VEPA = 2, /* talk to other ports through ext bridge */ MACVLAN_MODE_BRIDGE = 4, /* talk to bridge ports directly */ + MACVLAN_MODE_PASSTHRU = 8,/* take over the underlying device */ }; /* SR-IOV virtual function management section */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From b2e253cf300c5e33f49b7dd8b593bfc722177401 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Luis R. Rodriguez" Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 21:46:09 -0800 Subject: cfg80211: Fix regulatory bug with multiple cards and delays When two cards are connected with the same regulatory domain if CRDA had a delayed response then cfg80211's own set regulatory domain would still be the world regulatory domain. There was a bug on cfg80211's logic such that it assumed that once you pegged a request as the last request it was already the currently set regulatory domain. This would mean we would race setting a stale regulatory domain to secondary cards which had the same regulatory domain since the alpha2 would match. We fix this by processing each regulatory request atomically, and only move on to the next one once we get it fully processed. In the case CRDA is not present we will simply world roam. This issue is only present when you have a slow system and the CRDA processing is delayed. Because of this it is not a known regression. Without this fix when a delay is present with CRDA the second card would end up with an intersected regulatory domain and not allow it to use the channels it really is designed for. When two cards with two different regulatory domains were inserted you'd end up rejecting the second card's regulatory domain request. This fails with mac80211_hswim's regtest=2 (two requests, same alpha2) and regtest=3 (two requests, different alpha2) module parameter options. This was reproduced and tested against mac80211_hwsim using this CRDA delayer: #!/bin/bash echo $COUNTRY >> /tmp/log sleep 2 /sbin/crda.orig And these regulatory tests: modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=2 modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=3 Reported-by: Mark Mentovai Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez Tested-by: Mark Mentovai Tested-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/regulatory.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/regulatory.h b/include/net/regulatory.h index 9e103a4e91ee..356d6e3dc20a 100644 --- a/include/net/regulatory.h +++ b/include/net/regulatory.h @@ -43,6 +43,12 @@ enum environment_cap { * @intersect: indicates whether the wireless core should intersect * the requested regulatory domain with the presently set regulatory * domain. + * @processed: indicates whether or not this requests has already been + * processed. When the last request is processed it means that the + * currently regulatory domain set on cfg80211 is updated from + * CRDA and can be used by other regulatory requests. When a + * the last request is not yet processed we must yield until it + * is processed before processing any new requests. * @country_ie_checksum: checksum of the last processed and accepted * country IE * @country_ie_env: lets us know if the AP is telling us we are outdoor, @@ -54,6 +60,7 @@ struct regulatory_request { enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator; char alpha2[2]; bool intersect; + bool processed; enum environment_cap country_ie_env; struct list_head list; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 293bb1c41b728d4aa248fe8a0acd2b9066ff5c34 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Giuseppe CAVALLARO Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 02:38:05 +0000 Subject: stmmac: add init/exit callback in plat_stmmacenet_data struct This patch adds in the plat_stmmacenet_data the init and exit callbacks that can be used for invoking specific platform functions. For example, on ST targets, these call the PAD manager functions to set PIO lines and syscfg registers. The patch removes the stmmac_claim_resource only used on STM Kernels as well. Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/stmmac.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/stmmac.h b/include/linux/stmmac.h index d66c61774d95..e10352915698 100644 --- a/include/linux/stmmac.h +++ b/include/linux/stmmac.h @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ struct plat_stmmacenet_data { int pmt; void (*fix_mac_speed)(void *priv, unsigned int speed); void (*bus_setup)(void __iomem *ioaddr); -#ifdef CONFIG_STM_DRIVERS - struct stm_pad_config *pad_config; -#endif + int (*init)(struct platform_device *pdev); + void (*exit)(struct platform_device *pdev); + void *custom_cfg; void *bsp_priv; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 456b61bca8ee324ab6c18b065e632c9a8c88aa39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 13:12:15 +0000 Subject: ipv6: mcast: RCU conversion ipv6_sk_mc_lock rwlock becomes a spinlock. readers (inet6_mc_check()) now takes rcu_read_lock() instead of read lock. Writers dont need to disable BH anymore. struct ipv6_mc_socklist objects are reclaimed after one RCU grace period. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/ipv6.h | 2 +- include/net/if_inet6.h | 3 ++- 2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ipv6.h b/include/linux/ipv6.h index 8e429d0e0405..0c997767429a 100644 --- a/include/linux/ipv6.h +++ b/include/linux/ipv6.h @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ struct ipv6_pinfo { __u32 dst_cookie; - struct ipv6_mc_socklist *ipv6_mc_list; + struct ipv6_mc_socklist __rcu *ipv6_mc_list; struct ipv6_ac_socklist *ipv6_ac_list; struct ipv6_fl_socklist *ipv6_fl_list; diff --git a/include/net/if_inet6.h b/include/net/if_inet6.h index f95ff8d9aa47..04977eefb0ee 100644 --- a/include/net/if_inet6.h +++ b/include/net/if_inet6.h @@ -89,10 +89,11 @@ struct ip6_sf_socklist { struct ipv6_mc_socklist { struct in6_addr addr; int ifindex; - struct ipv6_mc_socklist *next; + struct ipv6_mc_socklist __rcu *next; rwlock_t sflock; unsigned int sfmode; /* MCAST_{INCLUDE,EXCLUDE} */ struct ip6_sf_socklist *sflist; + struct rcu_head rcu; }; struct ip6_sf_list { -- cgit v1.2.3 From bba14de98753cb6599a2dae0e520714b2153522d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 14:09:15 +0000 Subject: scm: lower SCM_MAX_FD Lower SCM_MAX_FD from 255 to 253 so that allocations for scm_fp_list are halved. (commit f8d570a4 added two pointers in this structure) scm_fp_dup() should not copy whole structure (and trigger kmemcheck warnings), but only the used part. While we are at it, only allocate needed size. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/scm.h | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/scm.h b/include/net/scm.h index 31656506d967..745460fa2f02 100644 --- a/include/net/scm.h +++ b/include/net/scm.h @@ -10,11 +10,12 @@ /* Well, we should have at least one descriptor open * to accept passed FDs 8) */ -#define SCM_MAX_FD 255 +#define SCM_MAX_FD 253 struct scm_fp_list { struct list_head list; - int count; + short count; + short max; struct file *fp[SCM_MAX_FD]; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3853b5841c01a3f492fe137afaad9c209e5162c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Sun, 21 Nov 2010 13:17:29 +0000 Subject: xps: Improvements in TX queue selection In dev_pick_tx, don't do work in calculating queue index or setting the index in the sock unless the device has more than one queue. This allows the sock to be set only with a queue index of a multi-queue device which is desirable if device are stacked like in a tunnel. We also allow the mapping of a socket to queue to be changed. To maintain in order packet transmission a flag (ooo_okay) has been added to the sk_buff structure. If a transport layer sets this flag on a packet, the transmit queue can be changed for the socket. Presumably, the transport would set this if there was no possbility of creating OOO packets (for instance, there are no packets in flight for the socket). This patch includes the modification in TCP output for setting this flag. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index e6ba898de61c..19f37a6ee6c4 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -386,9 +386,10 @@ struct sk_buff { #else __u8 deliver_no_wcard:1; #endif + __u8 ooo_okay:1; kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags2); - /* 0/14 bit hole */ + /* 0/13 bit hole */ #ifdef CONFIG_NET_DMA dma_cookie_t dma_cookie; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1d24eb4815d1e0e8b451ecc546645f8ef1176d4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Sun, 21 Nov 2010 13:17:27 +0000 Subject: xps: Transmit Packet Steering This patch implements transmit packet steering (XPS) for multiqueue devices. XPS selects a transmit queue during packet transmission based on configuration. This is done by mapping the CPU transmitting the packet to a queue. This is the transmit side analogue to RPS-- where RPS is selecting a CPU based on receive queue, XPS selects a queue based on the CPU (previously there was an XPS patch from Eric Dumazet, but that might more appropriately be called transmit completion steering). Each transmit queue can be associated with a number of CPUs which will use the queue to send packets. This is configured as a CPU mask on a per queue basis in: /sys/class/net/eth/queues/tx-/xps_cpus The mappings are stored per device in an inverted data structure that maps CPUs to queues. In the netdevice structure this is an array of num_possible_cpu structures where each structure holds and array of queue_indexes for queues which that CPU can use. The benefits of XPS are improved locality in the per queue data structures. Also, transmit completions are more likely to be done nearer to the sending thread, so this should promote locality back to the socket on free (e.g. UDP). The benefits of XPS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. XPS would nominally be configured so that a queue would only be shared by CPUs which are sharing a cache, the degenerative configuration woud be that each CPU has it's own queue. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. bnx2x on 16 core AMD XPS (16 queues, 1 TX queue per CPU) 1234K at 100% CPU No XPS (16 queues) 996K at 100% CPU Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 30 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 30 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index b45c1b8b1d19..badf9285fe0d 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -503,6 +503,10 @@ struct netdev_queue { struct Qdisc *qdisc; unsigned long state; struct Qdisc *qdisc_sleeping; +#ifdef CONFIG_RPS + struct kobject kobj; +#endif + /* * write mostly part */ @@ -529,6 +533,30 @@ struct rps_map { }; #define RPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct rps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) +/* + * This structure holds an XPS map which can be of variable length. The + * map is an array of queues. + */ +struct xps_map { + unsigned int len; + unsigned int alloc_len; + struct rcu_head rcu; + u16 queues[0]; +}; +#define XPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct xps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) +#define XPS_MIN_MAP_ALLOC ((L1_CACHE_BYTES - sizeof(struct xps_map)) \ + / sizeof(u16)) + +/* + * This structure holds all XPS maps for device. Maps are indexed by CPU. + */ +struct xps_dev_maps { + struct rcu_head rcu; + struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; +}; +#define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ + (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) + /* * The rps_dev_flow structure contains the mapping of a flow to a CPU and the * tail pointer for that CPU's input queue at the time of last enqueue. @@ -1016,6 +1044,8 @@ struct net_device { unsigned long tx_queue_len; /* Max frames per queue allowed */ spinlock_t tx_global_lock; + struct xps_dev_maps *xps_maps; + /* These may be needed for future network-power-down code. */ /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From ccb14354017272ddac002e859a2711610b6af174 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "John W. Linville" Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 16:18:36 -0500 Subject: Revert "nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average" This reverts commit 86107fd170bc379869250eb7e1bd393a3a70e8ae. This patch inadvertantly changed the userland ABI. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 2 -- include/net/cfg80211.h | 4 ---- 2 files changed, 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 1ce3775e9e26..037b4e498890 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1161,7 +1161,6 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) - * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info_txrate. * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (u32, from this station) @@ -1179,7 +1178,6 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, - NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 69e2364889f1..8fd9eebd0cc9 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -424,7 +424,6 @@ struct station_parameters { * @STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES: @tx_retries filled * @STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED: @tx_failed filled * @STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: @rx_dropped_misc filled - * @STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: @signal_avg filled */ enum station_info_flags { STATION_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME = 1<<0, @@ -440,7 +439,6 @@ enum station_info_flags { STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES = 1<<10, STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED = 1<<11, STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC = 1<<12, - STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG = 1<<13, }; /** @@ -487,7 +485,6 @@ struct rate_info { * @plid: mesh peer link id * @plink_state: mesh peer link state * @signal: signal strength of last received packet in dBm - * @signal_avg: signal strength average in dBm * @txrate: current unicast bitrate to this station * @rx_packets: packets received from this station * @tx_packets: packets transmitted to this station @@ -508,7 +505,6 @@ struct station_info { u16 plid; u8 plink_state; s8 signal; - s8 signal_avg; struct rate_info txrate; u32 rx_packets; u32 tx_packets; -- cgit v1.2.3 From dd5b4cc71cd09c33e1579cc6d5720656e94e52de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felix Fietkau Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 20:58:24 +0100 Subject: cfg80211/mac80211: improve ad-hoc multicast rate handling - store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value (reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath) - validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband) Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 4 ++-- include/net/mac80211.h | 4 ++-- 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 91f099556ac1..dd4c43f512e2 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured * after joining * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS - * @mcast_rate: multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) + * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) */ struct cfg80211_ibss_params { u8 *ssid; @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ struct cfg80211_ibss_params { u32 basic_rates; bool channel_fixed; bool privacy; - int mcast_rate; + int mcast_rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; }; /** diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 5b0fff2178bb..08e97e5d03fd 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ enum ieee80211_bss_change { * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an * index into the rate table configured by the driver in * the current band. - * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for AP and Ad-Hoc (in 100 kbps) + * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not * @channel_type: Channel type for this BSS -- the hardware might be @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ struct ieee80211_bss_conf { u16 assoc_capability; u64 timestamp; u32 basic_rates; - u32 mcast_rate; + int mcast_rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; u16 ht_operation_mode; s32 cqm_rssi_thold; u32 cqm_rssi_hyst; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 79b1c460a0b55e55981c25c56597c4d5d2872de3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 14:34:41 +0900 Subject: cfg80211: Add documentation for antenna ops Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 08e97e5d03fd..eaa4affd40cd 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -1745,6 +1745,13 @@ enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action { * completion of the channel switch. * * @napi_poll: Poll Rx queue for incoming data frames. + * + * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. + * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may + * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL + * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). + * + * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). */ struct ieee80211_ops { int (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); -- cgit v1.2.3 From c063dbf52b998b852122dff07a8b8dd430b38437 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 08:10:05 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: allow using CQM event to notify packet loss This adds the ability for drivers to use CQM events to notify about packet loss for specific stations (which could be the AP for the managed mode case). Since the threshold might be determined by the driver (it isn't passed in right now) it will be passed out of the driver to userspace in the event. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 3 +++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 037b4e498890..d706bf3badc8 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1819,6 +1819,8 @@ enum nl80211_ps_state { * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event + * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many + * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute */ @@ -1827,6 +1829,7 @@ enum nl80211_attr_cqm { NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, + NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, /* keep last */ __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index dd4c43f512e2..0663945cfa48 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -2601,6 +2601,18 @@ void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, gfp_t gfp); +/** + * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer + * @dev: network device + * @peer: peer's MAC address + * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold + * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent + * threshold (to account for temporary interference) + * @gfp: context flags + */ +void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); + /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From cf7afbfeb8ceb0187348d0a1a0db61305e25f05f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 01:31:54 +0000 Subject: rtnl: make link af-specific updates atomic As David pointed out correctly, updates to af-specific attributes are currently not atomic. If multiple changes are requested and one of them fails, previous updates may have been applied already leaving the link behind in a undefined state. This patch splits the function parse_link_af() into two functions validate_link_af() and set_link_at(). validate_link_af() is placed to validate_linkmsg() check for errors as early as possible before any changes to the link have been made. set_link_af() is called to commit the changes later. This method is not fail proof, while it is currently sufficient to make set_link_af() inerrable and thus 100% atomic, the validation function method will not be able to detect all error scenarios in the future, there will likely always be errors depending on states which are f.e. not protected by rtnl_mutex and thus may change between validation and setting. Also, instead of silently ignoring unknown address families and config blocks for address families which did not register a set function the errors EAFNOSUPPORT respectively EOPNOSUPPORT are returned to avoid comitting 4 out of 5 update requests without notifying the user. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/rtnetlink.h | 12 ++++++++---- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/rtnetlink.h b/include/net/rtnetlink.h index 35be0bbcd7da..4093ca78cf60 100644 --- a/include/net/rtnetlink.h +++ b/include/net/rtnetlink.h @@ -92,8 +92,10 @@ extern void rtnl_link_unregister(struct rtnl_link_ops *ops); * specific netlink attributes. * @get_link_af_size: Function to calculate size of address family specific * netlink attributes exlusive the container attribute. - * @parse_link_af: Function to parse a IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute and modify - * net_device accordingly. + * @validate_link_af: Validate a IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute, must check attr + * for invalid configuration settings. + * @set_link_af: Function to parse a IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute and modify + * net_device accordingly. */ struct rtnl_af_ops { struct list_head list; @@ -103,8 +105,10 @@ struct rtnl_af_ops { const struct net_device *dev); size_t (*get_link_af_size)(const struct net_device *dev); - int (*parse_link_af)(struct net_device *dev, - const struct nlattr *attr); + int (*validate_link_af)(const struct net_device *dev, + const struct nlattr *attr); + int (*set_link_af)(struct net_device *dev, + const struct nlattr *attr); }; extern int __rtnl_af_register(struct rtnl_af_ops *ops); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5584b8078a60e34ec7d37c9b67a0f3d389a1a2f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shan Wei Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 23:00:42 +0000 Subject: sctp: kill unused macro definition These macros have been existed for several years since v2.6.12-rc2. But they never be used. So remove them now. Signed-off-by: Shan Wei Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sctp/constants.h | 14 -------------- 1 file changed, 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sctp/constants.h b/include/net/sctp/constants.h index 63908840eef0..c70d8ccc55cb 100644 --- a/include/net/sctp/constants.h +++ b/include/net/sctp/constants.h @@ -61,7 +61,6 @@ enum { SCTP_DEFAULT_INSTREAMS = SCTP_MAX_STREAM }; * symbols. CIDs are dense through SCTP_CID_BASE_MAX. */ #define SCTP_CID_BASE_MAX SCTP_CID_SHUTDOWN_COMPLETE -#define SCTP_CID_MAX SCTP_CID_ASCONF_ACK #define SCTP_NUM_BASE_CHUNK_TYPES (SCTP_CID_BASE_MAX + 1) @@ -86,9 +85,6 @@ typedef enum { } sctp_event_t; -#define SCTP_EVENT_T_MAX SCTP_EVENT_T_PRIMITIVE -#define SCTP_EVENT_T_NUM (SCTP_EVENT_T_MAX + 1) - /* As a convenience for the state machine, we append SCTP_EVENT_* and * SCTP_ULP_* to the list of possible chunks. */ @@ -162,9 +158,6 @@ SCTP_SUBTYPE_CONSTRUCTOR(PRIMITIVE, sctp_event_primitive_t, primitive) - (unsigned long)(c->chunk_hdr)\ - sizeof(sctp_data_chunk_t))) -#define SCTP_MAX_ERROR_CAUSE SCTP_ERROR_NONEXIST_IP -#define SCTP_NUM_ERROR_CAUSE 10 - /* Internal error codes */ typedef enum { @@ -266,7 +259,6 @@ enum { SCTP_ARBITRARY_COOKIE_ECHO_LEN = 200 }; #define SCTP_TSN_MAP_INITIAL BITS_PER_LONG #define SCTP_TSN_MAP_INCREMENT SCTP_TSN_MAP_INITIAL #define SCTP_TSN_MAP_SIZE 4096 -#define SCTP_TSN_MAX_GAP 65535 /* We will not record more than this many duplicate TSNs between two * SACKs. The minimum PMTU is 576. Remove all the headers and there @@ -301,9 +293,6 @@ enum { SCTP_MAX_GABS = 16 }; #define SCTP_CLOCK_GRANULARITY 1 /* 1 jiffy */ -#define SCTP_DEF_MAX_INIT 6 -#define SCTP_DEF_MAX_SEND 10 - #define SCTP_DEFAULT_COOKIE_LIFE (60 * 1000) /* 60 seconds */ #define SCTP_DEFAULT_MINWINDOW 1500 /* default minimum rwnd size */ @@ -317,9 +306,6 @@ enum { SCTP_MAX_GABS = 16 }; */ #define SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT 512 /* MTU size ... if no mtu disc */ #define SCTP_HOW_MANY_SECRETS 2 /* How many secrets I keep */ -#define SCTP_HOW_LONG_COOKIE_LIVE 3600 /* How many seconds the current - * secret will live? - */ #define SCTP_SECRET_SIZE 32 /* Number of octets in a 256 bits. */ #define SCTP_SIGNATURE_SIZE 20 /* size of a SLA-1 signature */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5a0d2268d259886f0c87131639d19eb4a67b4532 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 10:42:02 +0000 Subject: net: add netif_tx_queue_frozen_or_stopped When testing struct netdev_queue state against FROZEN bit, we also test XOFF bit. We can test both bits at once and save some cycles. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index badf9285fe0d..7c6ae2f4b9ab 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -493,6 +493,8 @@ static inline void napi_synchronize(const struct napi_struct *n) enum netdev_queue_state_t { __QUEUE_STATE_XOFF, __QUEUE_STATE_FROZEN, +#define QUEUE_STATE_XOFF_OR_FROZEN ((1 << __QUEUE_STATE_XOFF) | \ + (1 << __QUEUE_STATE_FROZEN)) }; struct netdev_queue { @@ -1629,9 +1631,9 @@ static inline int netif_queue_stopped(const struct net_device *dev) return netif_tx_queue_stopped(netdev_get_tx_queue(dev, 0)); } -static inline int netif_tx_queue_frozen(const struct netdev_queue *dev_queue) +static inline int netif_tx_queue_frozen_or_stopped(const struct netdev_queue *dev_queue) { - return test_bit(__QUEUE_STATE_FROZEN, &dev_queue->state); + return dev_queue->state & QUEUE_STATE_XOFF_OR_FROZEN; } /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5595a1a5997953dbd8c5df7c2f7d4b3a2eb2be4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: andrew hendry Date: Thu, 25 Nov 2010 02:18:15 +0000 Subject: X25 remove bkl in subscription ioctls Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/x25.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/x25.h b/include/net/x25.h index 1479cb4a41fc..a06119a05129 100644 --- a/include/net/x25.h +++ b/include/net/x25.h @@ -315,6 +315,8 @@ extern struct list_head x25_route_list; extern rwlock_t x25_route_list_lock; extern struct list_head x25_forward_list; extern rwlock_t x25_forward_list_lock; +extern struct list_head x25_neigh_list; +extern rwlock_t x25_neigh_list_lock; extern int x25_proc_init(void); extern void x25_proc_exit(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From aa285b1740f5b13e5a2606a927f3129954583d78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Timo=20Ter=C3=A4s?= Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 04:03:45 +0000 Subject: xfrm: fix gre key endianess MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit fl->fl_gre_key is network byte order contrary to fl->fl_icmp_*. Make xfrm_flowi_{s|d}port return network byte order values for gre key too. Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/xfrm.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/xfrm.h b/include/net/xfrm.h index 54b283229488..7fa5b005893e 100644 --- a/include/net/xfrm.h +++ b/include/net/xfrm.h @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ __be16 xfrm_flowi_sport(struct flowi *fl) port = htons(fl->fl_mh_type); break; case IPPROTO_GRE: - port = htonl(fl->fl_gre_key) >> 16; + port = htons(ntohl(fl->fl_gre_key) >> 16); break; default: port = 0; /*XXX*/ @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ __be16 xfrm_flowi_dport(struct flowi *fl) port = htons(fl->fl_icmp_code); break; case IPPROTO_GRE: - port = htonl(fl->fl_gre_key) & 0xffff; + port = htons(ntohl(fl->fl_gre_key) & 0xffff); break; default: port = 0; /*XXX*/ -- cgit v1.2.3 From bf26414510103448ad3dc069c7422462f03ea3d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Fri, 26 Nov 2010 08:36:09 +0000 Subject: xps: Add CONFIG_XPS This patch adds XPS_CONFIG option to enable and disable XPS. This is done in the same manner as RPS_CONFIG. This is also fixes build failure in XPS code when SMP is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 52 +++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------- 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 7c6ae2f4b9ab..9ae4544f0cf0 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -535,30 +535,6 @@ struct rps_map { }; #define RPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct rps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) -/* - * This structure holds an XPS map which can be of variable length. The - * map is an array of queues. - */ -struct xps_map { - unsigned int len; - unsigned int alloc_len; - struct rcu_head rcu; - u16 queues[0]; -}; -#define XPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct xps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) -#define XPS_MIN_MAP_ALLOC ((L1_CACHE_BYTES - sizeof(struct xps_map)) \ - / sizeof(u16)) - -/* - * This structure holds all XPS maps for device. Maps are indexed by CPU. - */ -struct xps_dev_maps { - struct rcu_head rcu; - struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; -}; -#define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ - (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) - /* * The rps_dev_flow structure contains the mapping of a flow to a CPU and the * tail pointer for that CPU's input queue at the time of last enqueue. @@ -626,6 +602,32 @@ struct netdev_rx_queue { } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; #endif /* CONFIG_RPS */ +#ifdef CONFIG_XPS +/* + * This structure holds an XPS map which can be of variable length. The + * map is an array of queues. + */ +struct xps_map { + unsigned int len; + unsigned int alloc_len; + struct rcu_head rcu; + u16 queues[0]; +}; +#define XPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct xps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) +#define XPS_MIN_MAP_ALLOC ((L1_CACHE_BYTES - sizeof(struct xps_map)) \ + / sizeof(u16)) + +/* + * This structure holds all XPS maps for device. Maps are indexed by CPU. + */ +struct xps_dev_maps { + struct rcu_head rcu; + struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; +}; +#define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ + (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) +#endif /* CONFIG_XPS */ + /* * This structure defines the management hooks for network devices. * The following hooks can be defined; unless noted otherwise, they are @@ -1046,7 +1048,9 @@ struct net_device { unsigned long tx_queue_len; /* Max frames per queue allowed */ spinlock_t tx_global_lock; +#ifdef CONFIG_XPS struct xps_dev_maps *xps_maps; +#endif /* These may be needed for future network-power-down code. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 49b4a6546fac02f58784f0744e0f99a6562ccc03 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shan Wei Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 00:14:58 +0000 Subject: sctp: kill unused macros in head file 1. SCTP_CMD_NUM_VERBS,SCTP_CMD_MAX These two macros have never been used for several years since v2.6.12-rc2. 2.sctp_port_rover,sctp_port_alloc_lock The commit 063930 abandoned global variables of port_rover and port_alloc_lock, but still keep two macros to refer to them. So, remove them now. commit 06393009000779b00a558fd2f280882cc7dc2008 Author: Stephen Hemminger Date: Wed Oct 10 17:30:18 2007 -0700 [SCTP]: port randomization Signed-off-by: Shan Wei Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sctp/command.h | 3 --- include/net/sctp/structs.h | 2 -- 2 files changed, 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sctp/command.h b/include/net/sctp/command.h index 2c55a7ea20af..c01dc99def07 100644 --- a/include/net/sctp/command.h +++ b/include/net/sctp/command.h @@ -111,9 +111,6 @@ typedef enum { SCTP_CMD_LAST } sctp_verb_t; -#define SCTP_CMD_MAX (SCTP_CMD_LAST - 1) -#define SCTP_CMD_NUM_VERBS (SCTP_CMD_MAX + 1) - /* How many commands can you put in an sctp_cmd_seq_t? * This is a rather arbitrary number, ideally derived from a careful * analysis of the state functions, but in reality just taken from diff --git a/include/net/sctp/structs.h b/include/net/sctp/structs.h index 69fef4fb79c0..cc9185ca8fd1 100644 --- a/include/net/sctp/structs.h +++ b/include/net/sctp/structs.h @@ -261,8 +261,6 @@ extern struct sctp_globals { #define sctp_assoc_hashsize (sctp_globals.assoc_hashsize) #define sctp_assoc_hashtable (sctp_globals.assoc_hashtable) #define sctp_port_hashsize (sctp_globals.port_hashsize) -#define sctp_port_rover (sctp_globals.port_rover) -#define sctp_port_alloc_lock (sctp_globals.port_alloc_lock) #define sctp_port_hashtable (sctp_globals.port_hashtable) #define sctp_local_addr_list (sctp_globals.local_addr_list) #define sctp_local_addr_lock (sctp_globals.addr_list_lock) -- cgit v1.2.3 From a41778694806ac1ccd4b1dafed1abef8d5ba98ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Sun, 28 Nov 2010 21:43:02 +0000 Subject: xps: add __rcu annotations Avoid sparse warnings : add __rcu annotations and use rcu_dereference_protected() where necessary. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 9ae4544f0cf0..4b0c7f3aa32b 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ struct xps_map { */ struct xps_dev_maps { struct rcu_head rcu; - struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; + struct xps_map __rcu *cpu_map[0]; }; #define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ struct net_device { spinlock_t tx_global_lock; #ifdef CONFIG_XPS - struct xps_dev_maps *xps_maps; + struct xps_dev_maps __rcu *xps_maps; #endif /* These may be needed for future network-power-down code. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f7ca38dfe58c20cb1aa2ed9643187e8b194b5bae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 25 Nov 2010 10:02:29 +0100 Subject: nl80211/cfg80211: extend mgmt-tx API for off-channel With p2p, it is sometimes necessary to transmit a frame (typically an action frame) on another channel than the current channel. Enable this through the CMD_FRAME API, and allow it to wait for a response. A new command allows that wait to be aborted. However, allow userspace to specify whether or not it wants to allow off-channel TX, it may actually want to use the same channel only. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 25 ++++++++++++++++++++----- include/net/cfg80211.h | 11 ++++++++--- 2 files changed, 28 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index d706bf3badc8..5cfa579df476 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -358,11 +358,16 @@ * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and * optionally %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE) is used to indicate on - * which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was received. This - * channel has to be the current channel (remain-on-channel or the - * operational channel). When called, this operation returns a cookie - * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the TX status event - * pertaining to the TX request. + * which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was received. If this + * channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel or the + * operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel and + * transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time + * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation + * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the + * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. + * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this + * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait + * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies @@ -493,6 +498,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, + NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ @@ -828,6 +835,12 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS * + * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be + * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match + * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this + * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an + * nl80211 capability flag. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1002,6 +1015,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, + NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 0663945cfa48..49a7c53a48ca 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1134,7 +1134,9 @@ struct cfg80211_pmksa { * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on * the duration value. - * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame + * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. + * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management + * frame on another channel * * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command * @@ -1291,10 +1293,13 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { u64 cookie); int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, - struct ieee80211_channel *chan, + struct ieee80211_channel *chan, bool offchan, enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type, - bool channel_type_valid, + bool channel_type_valid, unsigned int wait, const u8 *buf, size_t len, u64 *cookie); + int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + u64 cookie); int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, bool enabled, int timeout); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 20ed3166c84d145589a89d8cde12aa32cf2d17f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Stezenbach Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 16:49:23 +0100 Subject: mac80211/rt2x00: add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages. To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni() which can be called from process context, and call it from rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver flag is introduced. Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 28 ++++++++++++++++++++++++---- 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index eaa4affd40cd..e411cf87fb41 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -2055,8 +2055,8 @@ static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, * * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls - * to this function and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed - * for a single hardware. + * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() + * may not be mixed for a single hardware. * * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call @@ -2064,14 +2064,34 @@ static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); +/** + * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context) + * + * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context. + * + * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and + * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed + * for a single hardware. + * + * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by + * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call + */ +static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + local_bh_disable(); + ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb); + local_bh_enable(); +} + /** * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback * * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context * (internally defers to a tasklet.) * - * Calls to this function and ieee80211_tx_status() may not be mixed for a - * single hardware. + * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and + * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware. * * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call -- cgit v1.2.3 From 582a72da9a41be9227dc931d728ae2906880a589 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 11:53:55 -0800 Subject: inetpeer: Introduce inet_peer_address_t. Currently only the v4 aspect is used, but this will change. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inetpeer.h | 10 +++++++++- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inetpeer.h b/include/net/inetpeer.h index fe239bfe5f7f..d7e60792d76e 100644 --- a/include/net/inetpeer.h +++ b/include/net/inetpeer.h @@ -13,10 +13,18 @@ #include #include +typedef struct { + union { + __be32 a4; + __be32 a6[4]; + }; + __u16 family; +} inet_peer_address_t; + struct inet_peer { /* group together avl_left,avl_right,v4daddr to speedup lookups */ struct inet_peer __rcu *avl_left, *avl_right; - __be32 v4daddr; /* peer's address */ + inet_peer_address_t daddr; __u32 avl_height; struct list_head unused; __u32 dtime; /* the time of last use of not -- cgit v1.2.3 From b534ecf1cd26f094497da6ae28a6ab64cdbe1617 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 11:54:19 -0800 Subject: inetpeer: Make inet_getpeer() take an inet_peer_adress_t pointer. And make an inet_getpeer_v4() helper, update callers. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inetpeer.h | 11 ++++++++++- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inetpeer.h b/include/net/inetpeer.h index d7e60792d76e..834f0456c87e 100644 --- a/include/net/inetpeer.h +++ b/include/net/inetpeer.h @@ -50,7 +50,16 @@ struct inet_peer { void inet_initpeers(void) __init; /* can be called with or without local BH being disabled */ -struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer(__be32 daddr, int create); +struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer(inet_peer_address_t *daddr, int create); + +static inline struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer_v4(__be32 v4daddr, int create) +{ + inet_peer_address_t daddr; + + daddr.a4 = v4daddr; + daddr.family = AF_INET; + return inet_getpeer(&daddr, create); +} /* can be called from BH context or outside */ extern void inet_putpeer(struct inet_peer *p); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 672f007d65f50468a4a1e55825fe58e5b035324d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 12:20:00 -0800 Subject: inetpeer: Add inet_getpeer_v6() Now that all of the infrastructure is in place, we can add the ipv6 shorthand for peer creation. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inetpeer.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inetpeer.h b/include/net/inetpeer.h index 834f0456c87e..fb8aeb1fd23f 100644 --- a/include/net/inetpeer.h +++ b/include/net/inetpeer.h @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include typedef struct { @@ -61,6 +62,15 @@ static inline struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer_v4(__be32 v4daddr, int create) return inet_getpeer(&daddr, create); } +static inline struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer_v6(struct in6_addr *v6daddr, int create) +{ + inet_peer_address_t daddr; + + ipv6_addr_copy((struct in6_addr *)daddr.a6, v6daddr); + daddr.family = AF_INET6; + return inet_getpeer(&daddr, create); +} + /* can be called from BH context or outside */ extern void inet_putpeer(struct inet_peer *p); -- cgit v1.2.3 From b3419363808f2481b24a817f491878e1795db4c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 12:27:11 -0800 Subject: ipv6: Add infrastructure to bind inet_peer objects to routes. They are only allowed on cached ipv6 routes. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/ip6_fib.h | 2 ++ include/net/ip6_route.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/ip6_fib.h b/include/net/ip6_fib.h index 062a823d311c..708ff7cb8806 100644 --- a/include/net/ip6_fib.h +++ b/include/net/ip6_fib.h @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #ifdef CONFIG_IPV6_MULTIPLE_TABLES #define FIB6_TABLE_HASHSZ 256 @@ -109,6 +110,7 @@ struct rt6_info { u32 rt6i_metric; struct inet6_dev *rt6i_idev; + struct inet_peer *rt6i_peer; #ifdef CONFIG_XFRM u32 rt6i_flow_cache_genid; diff --git a/include/net/ip6_route.h b/include/net/ip6_route.h index 278312c95f96..23fed28db4bb 100644 --- a/include/net/ip6_route.h +++ b/include/net/ip6_route.h @@ -56,6 +56,9 @@ static inline unsigned int rt6_flags2srcprefs(int flags) return (flags >> 3) & 7; } +extern void rt6_bind_peer(struct rt6_info *rt, + int create); + extern void ip6_route_input(struct sk_buff *skb); extern struct dst_entry * ip6_route_output(struct net *net, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3f419d2d487821093ee46e898b5f8747f9edc9cd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 13:37:14 -0800 Subject: inet: Turn ->remember_stamp into ->get_peer in connection AF ops. Then we can make a completely generic tcp_remember_stamp() that uses ->get_peer() as a helper, minimizing the AF specific code and minimizing the eventual code duplication when we implement the ipv6 side of TW recycling. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inet_connection_sock.h | 2 +- include/net/tcp.h | 2 +- 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h b/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h index e4f494b42e06..6c93a56cc958 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ struct inet_connection_sock_af_ops { struct sock *(*syn_recv_sock)(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb, struct request_sock *req, struct dst_entry *dst); - int (*remember_stamp)(struct sock *sk); + struct inet_peer *(*get_peer)(struct sock *sk, bool *release_it); u16 net_header_len; u16 sockaddr_len; int (*setsockopt)(struct sock *sk, int level, int optname, diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index e36c874c7fb1..3e239641d4ee 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ extern void tcp_shutdown (struct sock *sk, int how); extern int tcp_v4_rcv(struct sk_buff *skb); -extern int tcp_v4_remember_stamp(struct sock *sk); +extern struct inet_peer *tcp_v4_get_peer(struct sock *sk, bool *release_it); extern int tcp_v4_tw_remember_stamp(struct inet_timewait_sock *tw); extern int tcp_sendmsg(struct kiocb *iocb, struct sock *sk, struct msghdr *msg, size_t size); -- cgit v1.2.3 From f2cd2d3e9b3ef960612e362f0ad129d735452df2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 08:14:37 +0000 Subject: net sched: use xps information for qdisc NUMA affinity Allocate qdisc memory according to NUMA properties of cpus included in xps map. To be effective, qdisc should be (re)setup after changes of /sys/class/net/eth/queues/tx-/xps_cpus I added a numa_node field in struct netdev_queue, containing NUMA node if all cpus included in xps_cpus share same node, else -1. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Ben Hutchings Cc: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 20 +++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 4b0c7f3aa32b..a9ac5dc26e3c 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -508,7 +508,9 @@ struct netdev_queue { #ifdef CONFIG_RPS struct kobject kobj; #endif - +#if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) + int numa_node; +#endif /* * write mostly part */ @@ -523,6 +525,22 @@ struct netdev_queue { u64 tx_dropped; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; +static inline int netdev_queue_numa_node_read(const struct netdev_queue *q) +{ +#if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) + return q->numa_node; +#else + return -1; +#endif +} + +static inline void netdev_queue_numa_node_write(struct netdev_queue *q, int node) +{ +#if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) + q->numa_node = node; +#endif +} + #ifdef CONFIG_RPS /* * This structure holds an RPS map which can be of variable length. The -- cgit v1.2.3 From 735cbc4784a084b7a76c43c69f9dba683bb3b48b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 16:58:22 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: clean up sco code Do not use assignments in IF condition, remove extra spaces Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/sco.h | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h b/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h index e28a2a771471..ea5c6641243f 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ struct sco_conninfo { struct sco_conn { struct hci_conn *hcon; - bdaddr_t *dst; - bdaddr_t *src; - + bdaddr_t *dst; + bdaddr_t *src; + spinlock_t lock; - struct sock *sk; + struct sock *sk; unsigned int mtu; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 285b4e90318dcf421a00b2ac3fe8ab713f3281e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 16:58:23 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: clean up rfcomm code Remove extra spaces, assignments in if statement, zeroing static variables, extra braces. Fix includes. Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h b/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h index 71047bc0af84..2e7875691f0a 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ struct rfcomm_hdr { u8 addr; u8 ctrl; - u8 len; // Actual size can be 2 bytes + u8 len; /* Actual size can be 2 bytes */ } __packed; struct rfcomm_cmd { @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ struct rfcomm_dlc { /* ---- RFCOMM SEND RPN ---- */ int rfcomm_send_rpn(struct rfcomm_session *s, int cr, u8 dlci, u8 bit_rate, u8 data_bits, u8 stop_bits, - u8 parity, u8 flow_ctrl_settings, + u8 parity, u8 flow_ctrl_settings, u8 xon_char, u8 xoff_char, u16 param_mask); /* ---- RFCOMM DLCs (channels) ---- */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 894718a6be69d8cfd191dc291b42be32a1e4851b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 16:58:24 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: clean up l2cap code Do not initialize static vars to zero, macros with complex values shall be enclosed with (), remove unneeded braces. Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h index c819c8bf9b68..217bb91a7345 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h @@ -417,11 +417,11 @@ static inline int l2cap_tx_window_full(struct sock *sk) return sub == pi->remote_tx_win; } -#define __get_txseq(ctrl) ((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_TXSEQ) >> 1 -#define __get_reqseq(ctrl) ((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_REQSEQ) >> 8 -#define __is_iframe(ctrl) !((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_FRAME_TYPE) -#define __is_sframe(ctrl) (ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_FRAME_TYPE -#define __is_sar_start(ctrl) ((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_SAR) == L2CAP_SDU_START +#define __get_txseq(ctrl) (((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_TXSEQ) >> 1) +#define __get_reqseq(ctrl) (((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_REQSEQ) >> 8) +#define __is_iframe(ctrl) (!((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_FRAME_TYPE)) +#define __is_sframe(ctrl) ((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_FRAME_TYPE) +#define __is_sar_start(ctrl) (((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_SAR) == L2CAP_SDU_START) void l2cap_load(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 70f23020e6d89155504b5b39f22505f4aec6fa6f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 16:58:25 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: clean up hci code Do not use assignment in IF condition, remove extra spaces, fixing typos, simplify code. Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/hci.h | 4 ++-- include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h | 14 +++++++------- 2 files changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h index e30e00834340..e9527c512345 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ struct hci_rp_read_local_name { #define HCI_OP_WRITE_PG_TIMEOUT 0x0c18 -#define HCI_OP_WRITE_SCAN_ENABLE 0x0c1a +#define HCI_OP_WRITE_SCAN_ENABLE 0x0c1a #define SCAN_DISABLED 0x00 #define SCAN_INQUIRY 0x01 #define SCAN_PAGE 0x02 @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ struct hci_ev_si_security { struct hci_command_hdr { __le16 opcode; /* OCF & OGF */ - __u8 plen; + __u8 plen; } __packed; struct hci_event_hdr { diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h index ebec8c9a929d..9c08625617a1 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h @@ -44,15 +44,15 @@ struct inquiry_data { }; struct inquiry_entry { - struct inquiry_entry *next; + struct inquiry_entry *next; __u32 timestamp; struct inquiry_data data; }; struct inquiry_cache { - spinlock_t lock; + spinlock_t lock; __u32 timestamp; - struct inquiry_entry *list; + struct inquiry_entry *list; }; struct hci_conn_hash { @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ struct hci_dev { void *driver_data; void *core_data; - atomic_t promisc; + atomic_t promisc; struct dentry *debugfs; @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ struct hci_dev { struct rfkill *rfkill; - struct module *owner; + struct module *owner; int (*open)(struct hci_dev *hdev); int (*close)(struct hci_dev *hdev); @@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ extern rwlock_t hci_dev_list_lock; extern rwlock_t hci_cb_list_lock; /* ----- Inquiry cache ----- */ -#define INQUIRY_CACHE_AGE_MAX (HZ*30) // 30 seconds -#define INQUIRY_ENTRY_AGE_MAX (HZ*60) // 60 seconds +#define INQUIRY_CACHE_AGE_MAX (HZ*30) /* 30 seconds */ +#define INQUIRY_ENTRY_AGE_MAX (HZ*60) /* 60 seconds */ #define inquiry_cache_lock(c) spin_lock(&c->lock) #define inquiry_cache_unlock(c) spin_unlock(&c->lock) -- cgit v1.2.3 From be21871f24b0fcd8d0d09c8090385c9cec80efa3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 16:58:26 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: clean up legal text Remove extra spaces from legal text so that legal stuff looks the same for all bluetooth code. Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/hci.h | 12 ++++++------ include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h | 12 ++++++------ include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h | 14 +++++++------- include/net/bluetooth/sco.h | 12 ++++++------ 4 files changed, 25 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h index e9527c512345..f3c5ed6d7bda 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* +/* BlueZ - Bluetooth protocol stack for Linux Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Qualcomm Incorporated @@ -12,13 +12,13 @@ OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) AND AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY - CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES - WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN - ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES + WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, - COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS + ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, + COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS DISCLAIMED. */ diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h index 217bb91a7345..7ad25ca60ec0 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* +/* BlueZ - Bluetooth protocol stack for Linux Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Qualcomm Incorporated Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Gustavo F. Padovan @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) AND AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY - CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES - WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN - ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES + WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, - COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS + ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, + COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS DISCLAIMED. */ diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h b/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h index 2e7875691f0a..6eac4a760c3b 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -/* - RFCOMM implementation for Linux Bluetooth stack (BlueZ). +/* + RFCOMM implementation for Linux Bluetooth stack (BlueZ) Copyright (C) 2002 Maxim Krasnyansky Copyright (C) 2002 Marcel Holtmann @@ -11,13 +11,13 @@ OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) AND AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY - CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES - WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN - ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES + WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, - COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS + ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, + COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS DISCLAIMED. */ diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h b/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h index ea5c6641243f..1e35c43657c8 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* +/* BlueZ - Bluetooth protocol stack for Linux Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Qualcomm Incorporated @@ -12,13 +12,13 @@ OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) AND AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY - CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES - WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN - ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES + WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, - COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS + ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, + COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS DISCLAIMED. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8790ca172a1550949804a2ad59ccea310f680c9f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 17:28:18 -0800 Subject: inetpeer: Kill use of inet_peer_address_t typedef. They are verboten these days. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inetpeer.h | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inetpeer.h b/include/net/inetpeer.h index fb8aeb1fd23f..5161bfdf5a52 100644 --- a/include/net/inetpeer.h +++ b/include/net/inetpeer.h @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ #include #include -typedef struct { +struct inetpeer_addr { union { __be32 a4; __be32 a6[4]; }; __u16 family; -} inet_peer_address_t; +}; struct inet_peer { /* group together avl_left,avl_right,v4daddr to speedup lookups */ struct inet_peer __rcu *avl_left, *avl_right; - inet_peer_address_t daddr; + struct inetpeer_addr daddr; __u32 avl_height; struct list_head unused; __u32 dtime; /* the time of last use of not @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ struct inet_peer { void inet_initpeers(void) __init; /* can be called with or without local BH being disabled */ -struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer(inet_peer_address_t *daddr, int create); +struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer(struct inetpeer_addr *daddr, int create); static inline struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer_v4(__be32 v4daddr, int create) { - inet_peer_address_t daddr; + struct inetpeer_addr daddr; daddr.a4 = v4daddr; daddr.family = AF_INET; @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ static inline struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer_v4(__be32 v4daddr, int create) static inline struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer_v6(struct in6_addr *v6daddr, int create) { - inet_peer_address_t daddr; + struct inetpeer_addr daddr; ipv6_addr_copy((struct in6_addr *)daddr.a6, v6daddr); daddr.family = AF_INET6; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4399ce402c7c837dec80bf9fb40d079b39b9265a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 17:29:08 -0800 Subject: inetpeer: Fix incorrect comment about inetpeer struct size. Now with ipv6 support it is no longer less than 64 bytes. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inetpeer.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inetpeer.h b/include/net/inetpeer.h index 5161bfdf5a52..599d96e74114 100644 --- a/include/net/inetpeer.h +++ b/include/net/inetpeer.h @@ -35,7 +35,6 @@ struct inet_peer { * Once inet_peer is queued for deletion (refcnt == -1), following fields * are not available: rid, ip_id_count, tcp_ts, tcp_ts_stamp * We can share memory with rcu_head to keep inet_peer small - * (less then 64 bytes) */ union { struct { -- cgit v1.2.3 From ccb7c410ddc054b8c1ae780319bc98ae092d3854 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 18:09:13 -0800 Subject: timewait_sock: Create and use getpeer op. The only thing AF-specific about remembering the timestamp for a time-wait TCP socket is getting the peer. Abstract that behind a new timewait_sock_ops vector. Support for real IPV6 sockets is not filled in yet, but curiously this makes timewait recycling start to work for v4-mapped ipv6 sockets. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/tcp.h | 1 + include/net/timewait_sock.h | 8 ++++++++ 2 files changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index 3e239641d4ee..4097320caa25 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -313,6 +313,7 @@ extern void tcp_shutdown (struct sock *sk, int how); extern int tcp_v4_rcv(struct sk_buff *skb); extern struct inet_peer *tcp_v4_get_peer(struct sock *sk, bool *release_it); +extern void *tcp_v4_tw_get_peer(struct sock *sk); extern int tcp_v4_tw_remember_stamp(struct inet_timewait_sock *tw); extern int tcp_sendmsg(struct kiocb *iocb, struct sock *sk, struct msghdr *msg, size_t size); diff --git a/include/net/timewait_sock.h b/include/net/timewait_sock.h index 97c3b14da55d..053b3cf2c66a 100644 --- a/include/net/timewait_sock.h +++ b/include/net/timewait_sock.h @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ struct timewait_sock_ops { int (*twsk_unique)(struct sock *sk, struct sock *sktw, void *twp); void (*twsk_destructor)(struct sock *sk); + void *(*twsk_getpeer)(struct sock *sk); }; static inline int twsk_unique(struct sock *sk, struct sock *sktw, void *twp) @@ -39,4 +40,11 @@ static inline void twsk_destructor(struct sock *sk) sk->sk_prot->twsk_prot->twsk_destructor(sk); } +static inline void *twsk_getpeer(struct sock *sk) +{ + if (sk->sk_prot->twsk_prot->twsk_getpeer) + return sk->sk_prot->twsk_prot->twsk_getpeer(sk); + return NULL; +} + #endif /* _TIMEWAIT_SOCK_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 15c054251ab84895ec043e90826612c1a3d6d4f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 10:16:06 -0800 Subject: ipv6: Add rt6_get_peer() helper. To go along side ipv4's rt_get_peer(). Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/ip6_route.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/ip6_route.h b/include/net/ip6_route.h index 23fed28db4bb..67d154a3f31b 100644 --- a/include/net/ip6_route.h +++ b/include/net/ip6_route.h @@ -59,6 +59,15 @@ static inline unsigned int rt6_flags2srcprefs(int flags) extern void rt6_bind_peer(struct rt6_info *rt, int create); +static inline struct inet_peer *rt6_get_peer(struct rt6_info *rt) +{ + if (rt->rt6i_peer) + return rt->rt6i_peer; + + rt6_bind_peer(rt, 0); + return rt->rt6i_peer; +} + extern void ip6_route_input(struct sk_buff *skb); extern struct dst_entry * ip6_route_output(struct net *net, -- cgit v1.2.3 From ae4694b2d3e4c0f47c0e804a68417be57e5daf85 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 10:59:22 -0800 Subject: ipv6: Create inet6_csk_route_req(). Brother of ipv4's inet_csk_route_req(). Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inet6_connection_sock.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inet6_connection_sock.h b/include/net/inet6_connection_sock.h index aae08f686633..ff013505236b 100644 --- a/include/net/inet6_connection_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet6_connection_sock.h @@ -25,6 +25,9 @@ struct sockaddr; extern int inet6_csk_bind_conflict(const struct sock *sk, const struct inet_bind_bucket *tb); +extern struct dst_entry* inet6_csk_route_req(struct sock *sk, + const struct request_sock *req); + extern struct request_sock *inet6_csk_search_req(const struct sock *sk, struct request_sock ***prevp, const __be16 rport, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 172c69a47675dc1ca9c7243c031d8d77701bccc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Rafa=C5=82=20Mi=C5=82ecki?= Date: Sun, 28 Nov 2010 10:39:35 +0100 Subject: ssb: extract indexes for power tables MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki Acked-by: Michael Buesch Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ssb/ssb.h | 4 ++++ include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h | 40 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 44 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h b/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h index 623b704fdc42..9659eff52ca2 100644 --- a/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h +++ b/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h @@ -55,6 +55,10 @@ struct ssb_sprom { u8 tri5gl; /* 5.2GHz TX isolation */ u8 tri5g; /* 5.3GHz TX isolation */ u8 tri5gh; /* 5.8GHz TX isolation */ + u8 txpid2g[4]; /* 2GHz TX power index */ + u8 txpid5gl[4]; /* 4.9 - 5.1GHz TX power index */ + u8 txpid5g[4]; /* 5.1 - 5.5GHz TX power index */ + u8 txpid5gh[4]; /* 5.5 - ...GHz TX power index */ u8 rxpo2g; /* 2GHz RX power offset */ u8 rxpo5g; /* 5GHz RX power offset */ u8 rssisav2g; /* 2GHz RSSI params */ diff --git a/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h b/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h index 11daf9c140e7..489f7b6d61c5 100644 --- a/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h +++ b/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h @@ -299,6 +299,46 @@ #define SSB_SPROM4_AGAIN2_SHIFT 0 #define SSB_SPROM4_AGAIN3 0xFF00 /* Antenna 3 */ #define SSB_SPROM4_AGAIN3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G01 0x0062 /* TX Power Index 2GHz */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G23 0x0064 /* TX Power Index 2GHz */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G01 0x0066 /* TX Power Index 5GHz middle subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G23 0x0068 /* TX Power Index 5GHz middle subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL01 0x006A /* TX Power Index 5GHz low subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL23 0x006C /* TX Power Index 5GHz low subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH01 0x006E /* TX Power Index 5GHz high subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH23 0x0070 /* TX Power Index 5GHz high subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH3_SHIFT 8 #define SSB_SPROM4_MAXP_BG 0x0080 /* Max Power BG in path 1 */ #define SSB_SPROM4_MAXP_BG_MASK 0x00FF /* Mask for Max Power BG */ #define SSB_SPROM4_ITSSI_BG 0xFF00 /* Mask for path 1 itssi_bg */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 547025d5d4d1056fb4b5a0c9c3c0d5c2fe22c082 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 16:23:12 +0900 Subject: cfg80211: Add documentation for antenna ops The last patch with the same title was for mac80211 ops, accidentally. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 49a7c53a48ca..6b2af7aeddd3 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1154,6 +1154,13 @@ struct cfg80211_pmksa { * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was * registered. Note that this callback may not sleep, and cannot run * concurrently with itself. + * + * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. + * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may + * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL + * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). + * + * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). */ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy); -- cgit v1.2.3 From a9527a3b621e507c85b639c183c3aa22afd4eb61 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shan Wei Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 18:04:43 +0000 Subject: net: snmp: fix the wrong ICMP_MIB_MAX value __ICMP_MIB_MAX is equal to the total number of icmp mib, So no need to add 1. This wastes 4/8 bytes memory. Change it to be same as ICMP6_MIB_MAX, TCP_MIB_MAX, UDP_MIB_MAX. Signed-off-by: Shan Wei Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/snmp.h | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/snmp.h b/include/net/snmp.h index a0e61806d480..aebb55383c43 100644 --- a/include/net/snmp.h +++ b/include/net/snmp.h @@ -61,8 +61,7 @@ struct ipstats_mib { /* ICMP */ #define ICMP_MIB_DUMMY __ICMP_MIB_MAX -#define ICMP_MIB_MAX (__ICMP_MIB_MAX + 1) - +#define ICMP_MIB_MAX __ICMP_MIB_MAX struct icmp_mib { unsigned long mibs[ICMP_MIB_MAX]; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From dca9b2404a6d6579828da2425c051462701efd3f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shan Wei Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 18:05:17 +0000 Subject: net: kill unused macros from head file MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit These macros have been defined for several years since v2.6.12-rc2（tracing by git）, but never be used. So remove them. Signed-off-by: Shan Wei Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/addrconf.h | 2 -- include/net/ip6_route.h | 1 - include/net/ndisc.h | 3 --- include/net/snmp.h | 1 - include/net/sock.h | 3 --- include/net/tcp.h | 6 ------ 6 files changed, 16 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/addrconf.h b/include/net/addrconf.h index a9441249306c..23710aa6a181 100644 --- a/include/net/addrconf.h +++ b/include/net/addrconf.h @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ #ifndef _ADDRCONF_H #define _ADDRCONF_H -#define RETRANS_TIMER HZ - #define MAX_RTR_SOLICITATIONS 3 #define RTR_SOLICITATION_INTERVAL (4*HZ) diff --git a/include/net/ip6_route.h b/include/net/ip6_route.h index 67d154a3f31b..e06e0ca1e91b 100644 --- a/include/net/ip6_route.h +++ b/include/net/ip6_route.h @@ -3,7 +3,6 @@ #define IP6_RT_PRIO_USER 1024 #define IP6_RT_PRIO_ADDRCONF 256 -#define IP6_RT_PRIO_KERN 512 struct route_info { __u8 type; diff --git a/include/net/ndisc.h b/include/net/ndisc.h index 895997bc2ead..e0e594f8e9d9 100644 --- a/include/net/ndisc.h +++ b/include/net/ndisc.h @@ -42,9 +42,6 @@ enum { #define ND_REACHABLE_TIME (30*HZ) #define ND_RETRANS_TIMER HZ -#define ND_MIN_RANDOM_FACTOR (1/2) -#define ND_MAX_RANDOM_FACTOR (3/2) - #ifdef __KERNEL__ #include diff --git a/include/net/snmp.h b/include/net/snmp.h index aebb55383c43..762e2abce889 100644 --- a/include/net/snmp.h +++ b/include/net/snmp.h @@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ struct ipstats_mib { }; /* ICMP */ -#define ICMP_MIB_DUMMY __ICMP_MIB_MAX #define ICMP_MIB_MAX __ICMP_MIB_MAX struct icmp_mib { unsigned long mibs[ICMP_MIB_MAX]; diff --git a/include/net/sock.h b/include/net/sock.h index 5557dfb3dd68..717cfbf649df 100644 --- a/include/net/sock.h +++ b/include/net/sock.h @@ -516,9 +516,6 @@ static __inline__ void sk_add_bind_node(struct sock *sk, #define sk_nulls_for_each_from(__sk, node) \ if (__sk && ({ node = &(__sk)->sk_nulls_node; 1; })) \ hlist_nulls_for_each_entry_from(__sk, node, sk_nulls_node) -#define sk_for_each_continue(__sk, node) \ - if (__sk && ({ node = &(__sk)->sk_node; 1; })) \ - hlist_for_each_entry_continue(__sk, node, sk_node) #define sk_for_each_safe(__sk, node, tmp, list) \ hlist_for_each_entry_safe(__sk, node, tmp, list, sk_node) #define sk_for_each_bound(__sk, node, list) \ diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index 4097320caa25..3f227baee4be 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -100,12 +100,6 @@ extern void tcp_time_wait(struct sock *sk, int state, int timeo); #define TCP_SYNACK_RETRIES 5 /* number of times to retry passive opening a * connection: ~180sec is RFC minimum */ - -#define TCP_ORPHAN_RETRIES 7 /* number of times to retry on an orphaned - * socket. 7 is ~50sec-16min. - */ - - #define TCP_TIMEWAIT_LEN (60*HZ) /* how long to wait to destroy TIME-WAIT * state, about 60 seconds */ #define TCP_FIN_TIMEOUT TCP_TIMEWAIT_LEN -- cgit v1.2.3 From d265fef6ddf9042195aae551e1fde211c2a1588b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 12:00:53 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove obsolete native API files and exports As part of the removal of TIPC's native API support it is no longer necessary for TIPC to export symbols for routines that can be called by kernel-based applications, nor for it to have header files that kernel-based applications can include to access the declarations for those routines. This commit eliminates the exporting of symbols by TIPC and migrates the contents of each obsolete native API include file into its corresponding non-native API equivalent. The code which was migrated in this commit was migrated intact, in that there are no technical changes combined with the relocation. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/tipc/tipc.h | 186 ------------------------------------ include/net/tipc/tipc_bearer.h | 138 --------------------------- include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h | 207 ----------------------------------------- include/net/tipc/tipc_port.h | 101 -------------------- 4 files changed, 632 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/net/tipc/tipc.h delete mode 100644 include/net/tipc/tipc_bearer.h delete mode 100644 include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h delete mode 100644 include/net/tipc/tipc_port.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/tipc/tipc.h b/include/net/tipc/tipc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1e0645e1eed2..000000000000 --- a/include/net/tipc/tipc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ -/* - * include/net/tipc/tipc.h: Main include file for TIPC users - * - * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB - * Copyright (c) 2005,2010 Wind River Systems - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of its - * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from - * this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * Alternatively, this software may be distributed under the terms of the - * GNU General Public License ("GPL") version 2 as published by the Free - * Software Foundation. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE - * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF - * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN - * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) - * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE - * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#ifndef _NET_TIPC_H_ -#define _NET_TIPC_H_ - -#ifdef __KERNEL__ - -#include -#include - -/* - * Native API - */ - -/* - * TIPC operating mode routines - */ - -#define TIPC_NOT_RUNNING 0 -#define TIPC_NODE_MODE 1 -#define TIPC_NET_MODE 2 - -typedef void (*tipc_mode_event)(void *usr_handle, int mode, u32 addr); - -int tipc_attach(unsigned int *userref, tipc_mode_event, void *usr_handle); - -void tipc_detach(unsigned int userref); - -/* - * TIPC port manipulation routines - */ - -typedef void (*tipc_msg_err_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref, - struct sk_buff **buf, - unsigned char const *data, - unsigned int size, - int reason, - struct tipc_portid const *attmpt_destid); - -typedef void (*tipc_named_msg_err_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref, - struct sk_buff **buf, - unsigned char const *data, - unsigned int size, - int reason, - struct tipc_name_seq const *attmpt_dest); - -typedef void (*tipc_conn_shutdown_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref, - struct sk_buff **buf, - unsigned char const *data, - unsigned int size, - int reason); - -typedef void (*tipc_msg_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref, - struct sk_buff **buf, - unsigned char const *data, - unsigned int size, - unsigned int importance, - struct tipc_portid const *origin); - -typedef void (*tipc_named_msg_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref, - struct sk_buff **buf, - unsigned char const *data, - unsigned int size, - unsigned int importance, - struct tipc_portid const *orig, - struct tipc_name_seq const *dest); - -typedef void (*tipc_conn_msg_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref, - struct sk_buff **buf, - unsigned char const *data, - unsigned int size); - -typedef void (*tipc_continue_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref); - -int tipc_createport(unsigned int tipc_user, - void *usr_handle, - unsigned int importance, - tipc_msg_err_event error_cb, - tipc_named_msg_err_event named_error_cb, - tipc_conn_shutdown_event conn_error_cb, - tipc_msg_event message_cb, - tipc_named_msg_event named_message_cb, - tipc_conn_msg_event conn_message_cb, - tipc_continue_event continue_event_cb, - u32 *portref); - -int tipc_deleteport(u32 portref); - -int tipc_ownidentity(u32 portref, struct tipc_portid *port); - -int tipc_portimportance(u32 portref, unsigned int *importance); -int tipc_set_portimportance(u32 portref, unsigned int importance); - -int tipc_portunreliable(u32 portref, unsigned int *isunreliable); -int tipc_set_portunreliable(u32 portref, unsigned int isunreliable); - -int tipc_portunreturnable(u32 portref, unsigned int *isunreturnable); -int tipc_set_portunreturnable(u32 portref, unsigned int isunreturnable); - -int tipc_publish(u32 portref, unsigned int scope, - struct tipc_name_seq const *name_seq); -int tipc_withdraw(u32 portref, unsigned int scope, - struct tipc_name_seq const *name_seq); - -int tipc_connect2port(u32 portref, struct tipc_portid const *port); - -int tipc_disconnect(u32 portref); - -int tipc_shutdown(u32 ref); - -/* - * TIPC messaging routines - */ - -#define TIPC_PORT_IMPORTANCE 100 /* send using current port setting */ - - -int tipc_send(u32 portref, - unsigned int num_sect, - struct iovec const *msg_sect); - -int tipc_send2name(u32 portref, - struct tipc_name const *name, - u32 domain, - unsigned int num_sect, - struct iovec const *msg_sect); - -int tipc_send2port(u32 portref, - struct tipc_portid const *dest, - unsigned int num_sect, - struct iovec const *msg_sect); - -int tipc_send_buf2port(u32 portref, - struct tipc_portid const *dest, - struct sk_buff *buf, - unsigned int dsz); - -int tipc_multicast(u32 portref, - struct tipc_name_seq const *seq, - u32 domain, /* currently unused */ - unsigned int section_count, - struct iovec const *msg); -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/include/net/tipc/tipc_bearer.h b/include/net/tipc/tipc_bearer.h deleted file mode 100644 index ee2f304e4919..000000000000 --- a/include/net/tipc/tipc_bearer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ -/* - * include/net/tipc/tipc_bearer.h: Include file for privileged access to TIPC bearers - * - * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB - * Copyright (c) 2005, Wind River Systems - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of its - * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from - * this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * Alternatively, this software may be distributed under the terms of the - * GNU General Public License ("GPL") version 2 as published by the Free - * Software Foundation. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE - * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF - * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN - * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) - * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE - * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#ifndef _NET_TIPC_BEARER_H_ -#define _NET_TIPC_BEARER_H_ - -#ifdef __KERNEL__ - -#include -#include -#include - -/* - * Identifiers of supported TIPC media types - */ - -#define TIPC_MEDIA_TYPE_ETH 1 - -/* - * Destination address structure used by TIPC bearers when sending messages - * - * IMPORTANT: The fields of this structure MUST be stored using the specified - * byte order indicated below, as the structure is exchanged between nodes - * as part of a link setup process. - */ - -struct tipc_media_addr { - __be32 type; /* bearer type (network byte order) */ - union { - __u8 eth_addr[6]; /* 48 bit Ethernet addr (byte array) */ -#if 0 - /* Prototypes for other possible bearer types */ - - struct { - __u16 sin_family; - __u16 sin_port; - struct { - __u32 s_addr; - } sin_addr; - char pad[4]; - } addr_in; /* IP-based bearer */ - __u16 sock_descr; /* generic socket bearer */ -#endif - } dev_addr; -}; - -/** - * struct tipc_bearer - TIPC bearer info available to privileged users - * @usr_handle: pointer to additional user-defined information about bearer - * @mtu: max packet size bearer can support - * @blocked: non-zero if bearer is blocked - * @lock: spinlock for controlling access to bearer - * @addr: media-specific address associated with bearer - * @name: bearer name (format = media:interface) - * - * Note: TIPC initializes "name" and "lock" fields; user is responsible for - * initialization all other fields when a bearer is enabled. - */ - -struct tipc_bearer { - void *usr_handle; - u32 mtu; - int blocked; - spinlock_t lock; - struct tipc_media_addr addr; - char name[TIPC_MAX_BEARER_NAME]; -}; - -/* - * TIPC routines available to supported media types - */ - -int tipc_register_media(u32 media_type, - char *media_name, - int (*enable)(struct tipc_bearer *), - void (*disable)(struct tipc_bearer *), - int (*send_msg)(struct sk_buff *, - struct tipc_bearer *, - struct tipc_media_addr *), - char *(*addr2str)(struct tipc_media_addr *a, - char *str_buf, - int str_size), - struct tipc_media_addr *bcast_addr, - const u32 bearer_priority, - const u32 link_tolerance, /* [ms] */ - const u32 send_window_limit); - -void tipc_recv_msg(struct sk_buff *buf, struct tipc_bearer *tb_ptr); - -int tipc_block_bearer(const char *name); -void tipc_continue(struct tipc_bearer *tb_ptr); - -int tipc_enable_bearer(const char *bearer_name, u32 bcast_scope, u32 priority); -int tipc_disable_bearer(const char *name); - -/* - * Routines made available to TIPC by supported media types - */ - -int tipc_eth_media_start(void); -void tipc_eth_media_stop(void); - -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h b/include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h deleted file mode 100644 index ffe50b4e7b93..000000000000 --- a/include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,207 +0,0 @@ -/* - * include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h: Include file for privileged access to TIPC message headers - * - * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB - * Copyright (c) 2005, Wind River Systems - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of its - * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from - * this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * Alternatively, this software may be distributed under the terms of the - * GNU General Public License ("GPL") version 2 as published by the Free - * Software Foundation. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE - * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF - * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN - * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) - * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE - * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#ifndef _NET_TIPC_MSG_H_ -#define _NET_TIPC_MSG_H_ - -#ifdef __KERNEL__ - -struct tipc_msg { - __be32 hdr[15]; -}; - - -/* - TIPC user data message header format, version 2: - - - 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4|3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6|5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w0:|vers | user |hdr sz |n|d|s|-| message size | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w1:|mstyp| error |rer cnt|lsc|opt p| broadcast ack no | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w2:| link level ack no | broadcast/link level seq no | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w3:| previous node | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w4:| originating port | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w5:| destination port | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w6:| originating node | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w7:| destination node | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w8:| name type / transport sequence number | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w9:| name instance/multicast lower bound | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - wA:| multicast upper bound | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - / / - \ options \ - / / - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - -*/ - -#define TIPC_CONN_MSG 0 -#define TIPC_MCAST_MSG 1 -#define TIPC_NAMED_MSG 2 -#define TIPC_DIRECT_MSG 3 - - -static inline u32 msg_word(struct tipc_msg *m, u32 pos) -{ - return ntohl(m->hdr[pos]); -} - -static inline u32 msg_bits(struct tipc_msg *m, u32 w, u32 pos, u32 mask) -{ - return (msg_word(m, w) >> pos) & mask; -} - -static inline u32 msg_importance(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_bits(m, 0, 25, 0xf); -} - -static inline u32 msg_hdr_sz(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_bits(m, 0, 21, 0xf) << 2; -} - -static inline int msg_short(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_hdr_sz(m) == 24; -} - -static inline u32 msg_size(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_bits(m, 0, 0, 0x1ffff); -} - -static inline u32 msg_data_sz(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_size(m) - msg_hdr_sz(m); -} - -static inline unchar *msg_data(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return ((unchar *)m) + msg_hdr_sz(m); -} - -static inline u32 msg_type(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_bits(m, 1, 29, 0x7); -} - -static inline u32 msg_named(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_type(m) == TIPC_NAMED_MSG; -} - -static inline u32 msg_mcast(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_type(m) == TIPC_MCAST_MSG; -} - -static inline u32 msg_connected(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_type(m) == TIPC_CONN_MSG; -} - -static inline u32 msg_errcode(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_bits(m, 1, 25, 0xf); -} - -static inline u32 msg_prevnode(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 3); -} - -static inline u32 msg_origport(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 4); -} - -static inline u32 msg_destport(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 5); -} - -static inline u32 msg_mc_netid(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 5); -} - -static inline u32 msg_orignode(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - if (likely(msg_short(m))) - return msg_prevnode(m); - return msg_word(m, 6); -} - -static inline u32 msg_destnode(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 7); -} - -static inline u32 msg_nametype(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 8); -} - -static inline u32 msg_nameinst(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 9); -} - -static inline u32 msg_namelower(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_nameinst(m); -} - -static inline u32 msg_nameupper(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 10); -} - -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/include/net/tipc/tipc_port.h b/include/net/tipc/tipc_port.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1893aaf49426..000000000000 --- a/include/net/tipc/tipc_port.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -/* - * include/net/tipc/tipc_port.h: Include file for privileged access to TIPC ports - * - * Copyright (c) 1994-2007, Ericsson AB - * Copyright (c) 2005-2008, Wind River Systems - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of its - * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from - * this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * Alternatively, this software may be distributed under the terms of the - * GNU General Public License ("GPL") version 2 as published by the Free - * Software Foundation. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE - * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF - * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN - * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) - * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE - * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#ifndef _NET_TIPC_PORT_H_ -#define _NET_TIPC_PORT_H_ - -#ifdef __KERNEL__ - -#include -#include -#include - -#define TIPC_FLOW_CONTROL_WIN 512 - -/** - * struct tipc_port - native TIPC port info available to privileged users - * @usr_handle: pointer to additional user-defined information about port - * @lock: pointer to spinlock for controlling access to port - * @connected: non-zero if port is currently connected to a peer port - * @conn_type: TIPC type used when connection was established - * @conn_instance: TIPC instance used when connection was established - * @conn_unacked: number of unacknowledged messages received from peer port - * @published: non-zero if port has one or more associated names - * @congested: non-zero if cannot send because of link or port congestion - * @max_pkt: maximum packet size "hint" used when building messages sent by port - * @ref: unique reference to port in TIPC object registry - * @phdr: preformatted message header used when sending messages - */ - -struct tipc_port { - void *usr_handle; - spinlock_t *lock; - int connected; - u32 conn_type; - u32 conn_instance; - u32 conn_unacked; - int published; - u32 congested; - u32 max_pkt; - u32 ref; - struct tipc_msg phdr; -}; - - -struct tipc_port *tipc_createport_raw(void *usr_handle, - u32 (*dispatcher)(struct tipc_port *, struct sk_buff *), - void (*wakeup)(struct tipc_port *), - const u32 importance); - -int tipc_reject_msg(struct sk_buff *buf, u32 err); - -int tipc_send_buf_fast(struct sk_buff *buf, u32 destnode); - -void tipc_acknowledge(u32 port_ref,u32 ack); - -struct tipc_port *tipc_get_port(const u32 ref); - -/* - * The following routines require that the port be locked on entry - */ - -int tipc_disconnect_port(struct tipc_port *tp_ptr); - - -#endif - -#endif - -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3110f5f5545a645c50ef66b1f705d08dfd1df404 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Matt Carlson Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 08:28:50 +0000 Subject: tg3: Move EEE definitions into mdio.h In commit 52b02d04c801fff51ca49ad033210846d1713253 entitled "tg3: Add EEE support", Ben Hutchings had commented that the EEE advertisement register will be in a standard location. This patch moves that definition into mdio.h and changes the code to use it. Signed-off-by: Matt Carlson Reviewed-by: Benjamin Li Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mdio.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mdio.h b/include/linux/mdio.h index c779b49a1fda..b1494aced217 100644 --- a/include/linux/mdio.h +++ b/include/linux/mdio.h @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ #define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT2 33 /* 10GBASE-R/-T PCS status 2 */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL 32 /* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation control */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT 33 /* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation status */ +#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV 60 /* EEE advertisement */ /* LASI (Link Alarm Status Interrupt) registers, defined by XENPAK MSA. */ #define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RXCTRL 0x9000 /* RX_ALARM control */ @@ -235,6 +236,10 @@ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MS 0x4000 /* Master/slave config */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MSFLT 0x8000 /* Master/slave config fault */ +/* AN EEE Advertisement register. */ +#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV_100TX 0x0002 /* Advertise 100TX EEE cap */ +#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV_1000T 0x0004 /* Advertise 1000T EEE cap */ + /* LASI RX_ALARM control/status registers. */ #define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PHYXSLFLT 0x0001 /* PHY XS RX local fault */ #define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PCSLFLT 0x0008 /* PCS RX local fault */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From af5568843594fb71055debe36e521fa8072fcecc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 19:50:37 +0900 Subject: lib: Improve EWMA efficiency by using bitshifts Using bitshifts instead of division and multiplication should improve performance. That requires weight and factor to be powers of two, but i think this is something we can live with. Thanks to Peter Zijlstra for the improved formula! Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf -- v2: use log2.h functions Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/average.h | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/average.h b/include/linux/average.h index 7706e40f95fa..c6028fd742c1 100644 --- a/include/linux/average.h +++ b/include/linux/average.h @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_AVERAGE_H #define _LINUX_AVERAGE_H -#include - /* Exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) */ /* For more documentation see lib/average.c */ @@ -26,7 +24,7 @@ extern struct ewma *ewma_add(struct ewma *avg, unsigned long val); */ static inline unsigned long ewma_read(const struct ewma *avg) { - return DIV_ROUND_CLOSEST(avg->internal, avg->factor); + return avg->internal >> avg->factor; } #endif /* _LINUX_AVERAGE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 073285fd392f6dc901da7c698d46e1e2a7e26436 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexey Orishko Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 23:23:27 +0000 Subject: usbnet: changes for upcoming cdc_ncm driver Changes: include/linux/usb/usbnet.h: - a new flag to indicate driver's capability to accumulate IP packets in Tx direction and extract several packets from single skb in Rx direction. drivers/net/usb/usbnet.c: - the procedure of counting packets in usbnet was updated due to the accumulating of IP packets in the driver - no short packets are sent if indicated by the flag in driver_info structure Signed-off-by: Alexey Orishko Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/usb/usbnet.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h b/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h index 7ae27a473818..44842c8d38c0 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h @@ -97,6 +97,12 @@ struct driver_info { #define FLAG_LINK_INTR 0x0800 /* updates link (carrier) status */ +/* + * Indicates to usbnet, that USB driver accumulates multiple IP packets. + * Affects statistic (counters) and short packet handling. + */ +#define FLAG_MULTI_PACKET 0x1000 + /* init device ... can sleep, or cause probe() failure */ int (*bind)(struct usbnet *, struct usb_interface *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From da2033c282264bfba4e339b7cb3df62adb5c5fc8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 21:45:56 +0000 Subject: filter: add SKF_AD_RXHASH and SKF_AD_CPU Add SKF_AD_RXHASH and SKF_AD_CPU to filter ancillary mechanism, to be able to build advanced filters. This can help spreading packets on several sockets with a fast selection, after RPS dispatch to N cpus for example, or to catch a percentage of flows in one queue. tcpdump -s 500 "cpu = 1" : [0] ld CPU [1] jeq #1 jt 2 jf 3 [2] ret #500 [3] ret #0 # take 12.5 % of flows (average) tcpdump -s 1000 "rxhash & 7 = 2" : [0] ld RXHASH [1] and #7 [2] jeq #2 jt 3 jf 4 [3] ret #1000 [4] ret #0 Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Rui Acked-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 447a775878fb..5334adaf4072 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -124,7 +124,9 @@ struct sock_fprog { /* Required for SO_ATTACH_FILTER. */ #define SKF_AD_MARK 20 #define SKF_AD_QUEUE 24 #define SKF_AD_HATYPE 28 -#define SKF_AD_MAX 32 +#define SKF_AD_RXHASH 32 +#define SKF_AD_CPU 36 +#define SKF_AD_MAX 40 #define SKF_NET_OFF (-0x100000) #define SKF_LL_OFF (-0x200000) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 06a9701f4b3e3381dea96fee1cc8a3bb41b0a1f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 01:37:42 +0000 Subject: __in_dev_get_rtnl() can use rtnl_dereference() If caller holds RTNL, we dont need a memory barrier (smp_read_barrier_depends) included in rcu_dereference(). Just use rtnl_dereference() to properly document the assertions. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/inetdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/inetdevice.h b/include/linux/inetdevice.h index 2b86eaf11773..ae8fdc54e0c0 100644 --- a/include/linux/inetdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/inetdevice.h @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ static inline struct in_device *in_dev_get(const struct net_device *dev) static inline struct in_device *__in_dev_get_rtnl(const struct net_device *dev) { - return rcu_dereference_check(dev->ip_ptr, lockdep_rtnl_is_held()); + return rtnl_dereference(dev->ip_ptr); } extern void in_dev_finish_destroy(struct in_device *idev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 45904f21655cf4f0ae7d0fab5906fe51bf56ecf4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 09:20:40 +0100 Subject: nl80211/mac80211: define and allow configuring mesh element TTL The TTL in path selection information elements is different from the mesh ttl used in mesh data frames. Version 7.03 of the 11s draft calls this ttl 'Element TTL'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 5cfa579df476..9e541452d805 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1547,6 +1547,9 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh * point. * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a + * source mesh point for path selection elements. + * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically * open peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. * @@ -1593,6 +1596,7 @@ enum nl80211_meshconf_params { NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, + NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, /* keep last */ __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 6b2af7aeddd3..93a4b2068334 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -624,6 +624,8 @@ struct mesh_config { u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; u8 dot11MeshTTL; + /* ttl used in path selection information elements */ + u8 element_ttl; bool auto_open_plinks; /* HWMP parameters */ u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; -- cgit v1.2.3 From f9e10ce4cf86945eb5efcab31284c971877ed012 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 09:20:42 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: require add_virtual_intf to return new dev cfg80211 used to do all its bookkeeping in the notifier, but some new stuff will have to use local variables so make the callback return the netdev pointer. Tested-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 11 +++++++---- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 93a4b2068334..902895dfbd49 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1033,7 +1033,8 @@ struct cfg80211_pmksa { * * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create - * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! + * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the netdev, + * or an ERR_PTR. * * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface determined by ifindex. * @@ -1168,9 +1169,11 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy); int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); - int (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, char *name, - enum nl80211_iftype type, u32 *flags, - struct vif_params *params); + struct net_device * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + char *name, + enum nl80211_iftype type, + u32 *flags, + struct vif_params *params); int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 29cbe68c516a48a9a88b3226878570c6cbd83c02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 09:20:44 +0100 Subject: cfg80211/mac80211: add mesh join/leave commands Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up, add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured when the device goes up. Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to start the mesh on interface up. We now allow querying mesh parameters before the mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults. Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is only allowed while connected. Specify them with the new mesh join command instead where needed. In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done by testing the mesh ID. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 8 ++++++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 38 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------- 2 files changed, 37 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 9e541452d805..410a06ea551b 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -394,6 +394,11 @@ * * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. * + * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial + * mesh config parameters may be given. + * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the + * network is determined by the network interface. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -500,6 +505,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, + NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, + NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 902895dfbd49..788c3989a9e8 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -258,13 +258,9 @@ struct ieee80211_supported_band { /** * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters - * @mesh_id: mesh ID to use - * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames */ struct vif_params { - u8 *mesh_id; - int mesh_id_len; int use_4addr; }; @@ -615,6 +611,11 @@ struct bss_parameters { int ap_isolate; }; +/* + * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration + * + * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. + */ struct mesh_config { /* Timeouts in ms */ /* Mesh plink management parameters */ @@ -637,6 +638,18 @@ struct mesh_config { u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; }; +/** + * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration + * @mesh_id: the mesh ID + * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes + * + * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. + */ +struct mesh_setup { + const u8 *mesh_id; + u8 mesh_id_len; +}; + /** * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters * @queue: TX queue identifier (NL80211_TXQ_Q_*) @@ -1078,7 +1091,7 @@ struct cfg80211_pmksa { * * @get_mesh_params: Put the current mesh parameters into *params * - * @set_mesh_params: Set mesh parameters. + * @update_mesh_params: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to * set, and which to leave alone. * @@ -1229,9 +1242,14 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*get_mesh_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct mesh_config *conf); - int (*set_mesh_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, - struct net_device *dev, - const struct mesh_config *nconf, u32 mask); + int (*update_mesh_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, + const struct mesh_config *nconf); + int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const struct mesh_config *conf, + const struct mesh_setup *setup); + int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); + int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct bss_parameters *params); @@ -1647,6 +1665,8 @@ struct cfg80211_cached_keys; * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code + * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code + * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the @@ -1676,7 +1696,7 @@ struct wireless_dev { /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; - u8 ssid_len; + u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; enum { CFG80211_SME_IDLE, CFG80211_SME_CONNECTING, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 871a2c16c21b988688b4ab1a78eadd969765c0a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tomasz Grobelny Date: Sat, 4 Dec 2010 13:38:01 +0100 Subject: dccp: Policy-based packet dequeueing infrastructure This patch adds a generic infrastructure for policy-based dequeueing of TX packets and provides two policies: * a simple FIFO policy (which is the default) and * a priority based policy (set via socket options). Both policies honour the tx_qlen sysctl for the maximum size of the write queue (can be overridden via socket options). The priority policy uses skb->priority internally to assign an u32 priority identifier, using the same ranking as SO_PRIORITY. The skb->priority field is set to 0 when the packet leaves DCCP. The priority is supplied as ancillary data using cmsg(3), the patch also provides the requisite parsing routines. Signed-off-by: Tomasz Grobelny Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker --- include/linux/dccp.h | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dccp.h b/include/linux/dccp.h index eed52bcd35d0..010e2d87ed75 100644 --- a/include/linux/dccp.h +++ b/include/linux/dccp.h @@ -197,6 +197,21 @@ enum dccp_feature_numbers { DCCPF_MAX_CCID_SPECIFIC = 255, }; +/* DCCP socket control message types for cmsg */ +enum dccp_cmsg_type { + DCCP_SCM_PRIORITY = 1, + DCCP_SCM_QPOLICY_MAX = 0xFFFF, + /* ^-- Up to here reserved exclusively for qpolicy parameters */ + DCCP_SCM_MAX +}; + +/* DCCP priorities for outgoing/queued packets */ +enum dccp_packet_dequeueing_policy { + DCCPQ_POLICY_SIMPLE, + DCCPQ_POLICY_PRIO, + DCCPQ_POLICY_MAX +}; + /* DCCP socket options */ #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_PACKET_SIZE 1 /* XXX deprecated, without effect */ #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_SERVICE 2 @@ -210,6 +225,8 @@ enum dccp_feature_numbers { #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID 13 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_TX_CCID 14 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_RX_CCID 15 +#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_QPOLICY_ID 16 +#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_QPOLICY_TXQLEN 17 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID_RX_INFO 128 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID_TX_INFO 192 @@ -458,6 +475,8 @@ struct dccp_ackvec; * @dccps_hc_rx_ccid - CCID used for the receiver (or receiving half-connection) * @dccps_hc_tx_ccid - CCID used for the sender (or sending half-connection) * @dccps_options_received - parsed set of retrieved options + * @dccps_qpolicy - TX dequeueing policy, one of %dccp_packet_dequeueing_policy + * @dccps_tx_qlen - maximum length of the TX queue * @dccps_role - role of this sock, one of %dccp_role * @dccps_hc_rx_insert_options - receiver wants to add options when acking * @dccps_hc_tx_insert_options - sender wants to add options when sending @@ -500,6 +519,8 @@ struct dccp_sock { struct ccid *dccps_hc_rx_ccid; struct ccid *dccps_hc_tx_ccid; struct dccp_options_received dccps_options_received; + __u8 dccps_qpolicy; + __u32 dccps_tx_qlen; enum dccp_role dccps_role:2; __u8 dccps_hc_rx_insert_options:1; __u8 dccps_hc_tx_insert_options:1; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 541a45a142df281c974d74eac2066138fc107b23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 19:12:43 +0900 Subject: nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet. This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function. -- v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 2 ++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 4 ++++ 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 410a06ea551b..8e28053ea423 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1191,6 +1191,7 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { * station) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (u32, to this station) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (u32, to this station) + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) */ enum nl80211_sta_info { __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, @@ -1206,6 +1207,7 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, + NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, /* keep last */ __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 788c3989a9e8..8764c9a5bab7 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -420,6 +420,7 @@ struct station_parameters { * @STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES: @tx_retries filled * @STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED: @tx_failed filled * @STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: @rx_dropped_misc filled + * @STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: @signal_avg filled */ enum station_info_flags { STATION_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME = 1<<0, @@ -435,6 +436,7 @@ enum station_info_flags { STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES = 1<<10, STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED = 1<<11, STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC = 1<<12, + STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG = 1<<13, }; /** @@ -481,6 +483,7 @@ struct rate_info { * @plid: mesh peer link id * @plink_state: mesh peer link state * @signal: signal strength of last received packet in dBm + * @signal_avg: signal strength average in dBm * @txrate: current unicast bitrate to this station * @rx_packets: packets received from this station * @tx_packets: packets transmitted to this station @@ -501,6 +504,7 @@ struct station_info { u16 plid; u8 plink_state; s8 signal; + s8 signal_avg; struct rate_info txrate; u32 rx_packets; u32 tx_packets; -- cgit v1.2.3 From c02178d22b3ef2d18c38c96151600ee1c7ed94f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 00:21:05 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Add Bluetooth Management interface definitions Add initial definitions for the new Bluetooth Management interface to the bluetooth headers. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/hci.h | 4 ++++ include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h | 1 + include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h | 46 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 3 files changed, 51 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h index f3c5ed6d7bda..29a7a8ca0438 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h @@ -934,9 +934,13 @@ static inline struct hci_sco_hdr *hci_sco_hdr(const struct sk_buff *skb) struct sockaddr_hci { sa_family_t hci_family; unsigned short hci_dev; + unsigned short hci_channel; }; #define HCI_DEV_NONE 0xffff +#define HCI_CHANNEL_RAW 0 +#define HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL 1 + struct hci_filter { unsigned long type_mask; unsigned long event_mask[2]; diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h index 9c08625617a1..3e3435945980 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h @@ -668,6 +668,7 @@ struct hci_pinfo { struct hci_dev *hdev; struct hci_filter filter; __u32 cmsg_mask; + unsigned short channel; }; /* HCI security filter */ diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..95974daa725e --- /dev/null +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + BlueZ - Bluetooth protocol stack for Linux + + Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + published by the Free Software Foundation; + + THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS + OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. + IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) AND AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY + CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES + WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + + ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, + COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE IS DISCLAIMED. +*/ + +struct mgmt_hdr { + __le16 opcode; + __le16 len; +} __packed; +#define MGMT_HDR_SIZE 4 + +#define MGMT_EV_CMD_COMPLETE 0x0001 +struct mgmt_ev_cmd_complete { + __le16 opcode; + __u8 data[0]; +} __packed; + +#define MGMT_EV_CMD_STATUS 0x0002 +struct mgmt_ev_cmd_status { + __u8 status; + __le16 opcode; +} __packed; + +#define MGMT_EV_CONTROLLER_ERROR 0x0003 +struct mgmt_ev_controller_error { + __le16 index; + __u8 error_code; +} __packed; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0381101fd6a73c7d6b545044dc1472d019fc64e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 00:21:06 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Add initial Bluetooth Management interface callbacks Add initial code for handling Bluetooth Management interface messages. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h index 3e3435945980..1992fac7e921 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h @@ -660,6 +660,9 @@ void hci_si_event(struct hci_dev *hdev, int type, int dlen, void *data); /* ----- HCI Sockets ----- */ void hci_send_to_sock(struct hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb); +/* Management interface */ +int mgmt_control(struct sock *sk, struct msghdr *msg, size_t len); + /* HCI info for socket */ #define hci_pi(sk) ((struct hci_pinfo *) sk) -- cgit v1.2.3 From a40c406cbdd28dcca3483065bc2ba794cf5aaab7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 00:21:07 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Make hci_send_to_sock usable for management control sockets In order to send data to management control sockets the function should: - skip checks intended for raw HCI data and stack internal events - make sure RAW HCI data or stack internal events don't go to management control sockets In order to accomplish this the patch adds a new member to the bluetooth skb private data to flag skb's that are destined for management control sockets. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h b/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h index d81ea7997701..0c5e72503b77 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h @@ -144,6 +144,7 @@ struct bt_skb_cb { __u8 tx_seq; __u8 retries; __u8 sar; + unsigned short channel; }; #define bt_cb(skb) ((struct bt_skb_cb *)((skb)->cb)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 941666c2e3e0f9f6a1cb5808d02352d445bd702c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Sun, 5 Dec 2010 01:23:53 +0000 Subject: net: RCU conversion of dev_getbyhwaddr() and arp_ioctl() MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Le dimanche 05 décembre 2010 à 09:19 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit : > Hmm.. > > If somebody can explain why RTNL is held in arp_ioctl() (and therefore > in arp_req_delete()), we might first remove RTNL use in arp_ioctl() so > that your patch can be applied. > > Right now it is not good, because RTNL wont be necessarly held when you > are going to call arp_invalidate() ? While doing this analysis, I found a refcount bug in llc, I'll send a patch for net-2.6 Meanwhile, here is the patch for net-next-2.6 Your patch then can be applied after mine. Thanks [PATCH] net: RCU conversion of dev_getbyhwaddr() and arp_ioctl() dev_getbyhwaddr() was called under RTNL. Rename it to dev_getbyhwaddr_rcu() and change all its caller to now use RCU locking instead of RTNL. Change arp_ioctl() to use RCU instead of RTNL locking. Note: this fix a dev refcount bug in llc Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index a9ac5dc26e3c..d31bc3c94717 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1360,7 +1360,8 @@ static inline struct net_device *first_net_device(struct net *net) extern int netdev_boot_setup_check(struct net_device *dev); extern unsigned long netdev_boot_base(const char *prefix, int unit); -extern struct net_device *dev_getbyhwaddr(struct net *net, unsigned short type, char *hwaddr); +extern struct net_device *dev_getbyhwaddr_rcu(struct net *net, unsigned short type, + const char *hwaddr); extern struct net_device *dev_getfirstbyhwtype(struct net *net, unsigned short type); extern struct net_device *__dev_getfirstbyhwtype(struct net *net, unsigned short type); extern void dev_add_pack(struct packet_type *pt); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 62ab0812137ec4f9884dd7de346238841ac03283 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 20:50:09 +0000 Subject: filter: constify sk_run_filter() sk_run_filter() doesnt write on skb, change its prototype to reflect this. Fix two af_packet comments. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 5334adaf4072..45266b75409a 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ struct sk_buff; struct sock; extern int sk_filter(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb); -extern unsigned int sk_run_filter(struct sk_buff *skb, +extern unsigned int sk_run_filter(const struct sk_buff *skb, const struct sock_filter *filter); extern int sk_attach_filter(struct sock_fprog *fprog, struct sock *sk); extern int sk_detach_filter(struct sock *sk); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 50b12f597be354a5a224f05c65c54c0667e57aec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Helmut Schaa Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 12:40:25 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: Add new BSS attribute ht_opmode Add a new BSS attribute to allow hostapd to set the current HT opmode. Otherwise drivers won't be able to set up protection for HT rates in AP mode. Cc: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 8e28053ea423..380421253d16 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -849,6 +849,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an * nl80211 capability flag. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HTOPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1025,6 +1027,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, + NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 8764c9a5bab7..0d5979924be3 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -605,6 +605,8 @@ struct mpath_info { * (or NULL for no change) * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations + * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode + * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) */ struct bss_parameters { int use_cts_prot; @@ -613,6 +615,7 @@ struct bss_parameters { u8 *basic_rates; u8 basic_rates_len; int ap_isolate; + int ht_opmode; }; /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From b7e8941b2df518186d9f7679c007f6b619bb4e89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Amitkumar Karwar Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 13:43:03 -0800 Subject: cfg80211: add some element IDs in enum ieee80211_eid 1)WLAN_EID_BSS_COEX_2040 2)WLAN_EID_OVERLAP_BSS_SCAN_PARAM 3)WLAN_EID_EXT_CAPABILITY Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index ed5a03cbe184..351c0ab4e284 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -1223,6 +1223,9 @@ enum ieee80211_eid { WLAN_EID_BSS_AC_ACCESS_DELAY = 68, WLAN_EID_RRM_ENABLED_CAPABILITIES = 70, WLAN_EID_MULTIPLE_BSSID = 71, + WLAN_EID_BSS_COEX_2040 = 72, + WLAN_EID_OVERLAP_BSS_SCAN_PARAM = 74, + WLAN_EID_EXT_CAPABILITY = 127, WLAN_EID_MOBILITY_DOMAIN = 54, WLAN_EID_FAST_BSS_TRANSITION = 55, -- cgit v1.2.3 From defb3519a64141608725e2dac5a5aa9a3c644bae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 21:16:57 -0800 Subject: net: Abstract away all dst_entry metrics accesses. Use helper functions to hide all direct accesses, especially writes, to dst_entry metrics values. This will allow us to: 1) More easily change how the metrics are stored. 2) Implement COW for metrics. In particular this will help us put metrics into the inetpeer cache if that is what we end up doing. We can make the _metrics member a pointer instead of an array, initially have it point at the read-only metrics in the FIB, and then on the first set grab an inetpeer entry and point the _metrics member there. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller Acked-by: Eric Dumazet --- include/net/dst.h | 26 +++++++++++++++++++++++--- 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dst.h b/include/net/dst.h index a5bd72646d65..85dee3a57b9b 100644 --- a/include/net/dst.h +++ b/include/net/dst.h @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ struct dst_entry { struct dst_ops *ops; - u32 metrics[RTAX_MAX]; + u32 _metrics[RTAX_MAX]; #ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE __u32 tclassid; @@ -106,7 +106,27 @@ struct dst_entry { static inline u32 dst_metric(const struct dst_entry *dst, int metric) { - return dst->metrics[metric-1]; + return dst->_metrics[metric-1]; +} + +static inline void dst_metric_set(struct dst_entry *dst, int metric, u32 val) +{ + dst->_metrics[metric-1] = val; +} + +static inline void dst_import_metrics(struct dst_entry *dst, const u32 *src_metrics) +{ + memcpy(dst->_metrics, src_metrics, RTAX_MAX * sizeof(u32)); +} + +static inline void dst_copy_metrics(struct dst_entry *dest, const struct dst_entry *src) +{ + dst_import_metrics(dest, src->_metrics); +} + +static inline u32 *dst_metrics_ptr(struct dst_entry *dst) +{ + return dst->_metrics; } static inline u32 @@ -134,7 +154,7 @@ static inline unsigned long dst_metric_rtt(const struct dst_entry *dst, int metr static inline void set_dst_metric_rtt(struct dst_entry *dst, int metric, unsigned long rtt) { - dst->metrics[metric-1] = jiffies_to_msecs(rtt); + dst_metric_set(dst, metric, jiffies_to_msecs(rtt)); } static inline u32 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 68835aba4d9b74e2f94106d13b6a4bddc447c4c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 19:04:07 +0000 Subject: net: optimize INET input path further Followup of commit b178bb3dfc30 (net: reorder struct sock fields) Optimize INET input path a bit further, by : 1) moving sk_refcnt close to sk_lock. This reduces number of dirtied cache lines by one on 64bit arches (and 64 bytes cache line size). 2) moving inet_daddr & inet_rcv_saddr at the beginning of sk (same cache line than hash / family / bound_dev_if / nulls_node) This reduces number of accessed cache lines in lookups by one, and dont increase size of inet and timewait socks. inet and tw sockets now share same place-holder for these fields. Before patch : offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x10 offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x40 offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x60 offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x270 offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x274 After patch : offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x44 offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x48 offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x68 offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x0 offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x4 compute_score() (udp or tcp) now use a single cache line per ignored item, instead of two. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inet_sock.h | 5 +++-- include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h | 20 +++++++------------- include/net/sock.h | 37 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------- 3 files changed, 34 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inet_sock.h b/include/net/inet_sock.h index 8945f9fb192a..8181498fa96c 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet_sock.h @@ -116,8 +116,9 @@ struct inet_sock { struct ipv6_pinfo *pinet6; #endif /* Socket demultiplex comparisons on incoming packets. */ - __be32 inet_daddr; - __be32 inet_rcv_saddr; +#define inet_daddr sk.__sk_common.skc_daddr +#define inet_rcv_saddr sk.__sk_common.skc_rcv_saddr + __be16 inet_dport; __u16 inet_num; __be32 inet_saddr; diff --git a/include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h b/include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h index a066fdd50da6..17404b5388a7 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h @@ -88,12 +88,6 @@ extern void inet_twdr_hangman(unsigned long data); extern void inet_twdr_twkill_work(struct work_struct *work); extern void inet_twdr_twcal_tick(unsigned long data); -#if (BITS_PER_LONG == 64) -#define INET_TIMEWAIT_ADDRCMP_ALIGN_BYTES 8 -#else -#define INET_TIMEWAIT_ADDRCMP_ALIGN_BYTES 4 -#endif - struct inet_bind_bucket; /* @@ -117,15 +111,15 @@ struct inet_timewait_sock { #define tw_hash __tw_common.skc_hash #define tw_prot __tw_common.skc_prot #define tw_net __tw_common.skc_net +#define tw_daddr __tw_common.skc_daddr +#define tw_rcv_saddr __tw_common.skc_rcv_saddr int tw_timeout; volatile unsigned char tw_substate; - /* 3 bits hole, try to pack */ unsigned char tw_rcv_wscale; + /* Socket demultiplex comparisons on incoming packets. */ - /* these five are in inet_sock */ + /* these three are in inet_sock */ __be16 tw_sport; - __be32 tw_daddr __attribute__((aligned(INET_TIMEWAIT_ADDRCMP_ALIGN_BYTES))); - __be32 tw_rcv_saddr; __be16 tw_dport; __u16 tw_num; kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(flags); @@ -191,10 +185,10 @@ static inline struct inet_timewait_sock *inet_twsk(const struct sock *sk) return (struct inet_timewait_sock *)sk; } -static inline __be32 inet_rcv_saddr(const struct sock *sk) +static inline __be32 sk_rcv_saddr(const struct sock *sk) { - return likely(sk->sk_state != TCP_TIME_WAIT) ? - inet_sk(sk)->inet_rcv_saddr : inet_twsk(sk)->tw_rcv_saddr; +/* both inet_sk() and inet_twsk() store rcv_saddr in skc_rcv_saddr */ + return sk->__sk_common.skc_rcv_saddr; } extern void inet_twsk_put(struct inet_timewait_sock *tw); diff --git a/include/net/sock.h b/include/net/sock.h index 3482004e5c29..82e86034702f 100644 --- a/include/net/sock.h +++ b/include/net/sock.h @@ -105,10 +105,8 @@ struct net; /** * struct sock_common - minimal network layer representation of sockets - * @skc_node: main hash linkage for various protocol lookup tables - * @skc_nulls_node: main hash linkage for TCP/UDP/UDP-Lite protocol - * @skc_refcnt: reference count - * @skc_tx_queue_mapping: tx queue number for this connection + * @skc_daddr: Foreign IPv4 addr + * @skc_rcv_saddr: Bound local IPv4 addr * @skc_hash: hash value used with various protocol lookup tables * @skc_u16hashes: two u16 hash values used by UDP lookup tables * @skc_family: network address family @@ -119,20 +117,20 @@ struct net; * @skc_portaddr_node: second hash linkage for UDP/UDP-Lite protocol * @skc_prot: protocol handlers inside a network family * @skc_net: reference to the network namespace of this socket + * @skc_node: main hash linkage for various protocol lookup tables + * @skc_nulls_node: main hash linkage for TCP/UDP/UDP-Lite protocol + * @skc_tx_queue_mapping: tx queue number for this connection + * @skc_refcnt: reference count * * This is the minimal network layer representation of sockets, the header * for struct sock and struct inet_timewait_sock. */ struct sock_common { - /* - * first fields are not copied in sock_copy() + /* skc_daddr and skc_rcv_saddr must be grouped : + * cf INET_MATCH() and INET_TW_MATCH() */ - union { - struct hlist_node skc_node; - struct hlist_nulls_node skc_nulls_node; - }; - atomic_t skc_refcnt; - int skc_tx_queue_mapping; + __be32 skc_daddr; + __be32 skc_rcv_saddr; union { unsigned int skc_hash; @@ -150,6 +148,18 @@ struct sock_common { #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS struct net *skc_net; #endif + /* + * fields between dontcopy_begin/dontcopy_end + * are not copied in sock_copy() + */ + int skc_dontcopy_begin[0]; + union { + struct hlist_node skc_node; + struct hlist_nulls_node skc_nulls_node; + }; + int skc_tx_queue_mapping; + atomic_t skc_refcnt; + int skc_dontcopy_end[0]; }; /** @@ -232,7 +242,8 @@ struct sock { #define sk_refcnt __sk_common.skc_refcnt #define sk_tx_queue_mapping __sk_common.skc_tx_queue_mapping -#define sk_copy_start __sk_common.skc_hash +#define sk_dontcopy_begin __sk_common.skc_dontcopy_begin +#define sk_dontcopy_end __sk_common.skc_dontcopy_end #define sk_hash __sk_common.skc_hash #define sk_family __sk_common.skc_family #define sk_state __sk_common.skc_state -- cgit v1.2.3 From 60d509c823cca21e77d537bd356785f7cfe8f0d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jozsef Kadlecsik Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 02:39:01 +0000 Subject: The new jhash implementation The current jhash.h implements the lookup2() hash function by Bob Jenkins. However, lookup2() is outdated as Bob wrote a new hash function called lookup3(). The patch replaces the lookup2() implementation of the 'jhash*' functions with that of lookup3(). You can read a longer comparison of the two and other hash functions at http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/doobs.html. Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik Acked-by: Rusty Russell Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/jhash.h | 183 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------- 1 file changed, 105 insertions(+), 78 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/jhash.h b/include/linux/jhash.h index ced1159fa4f2..47cb09edec1a 100644 --- a/include/linux/jhash.h +++ b/include/linux/jhash.h @@ -3,129 +3,156 @@ /* jhash.h: Jenkins hash support. * - * Copyright (C) 1996 Bob Jenkins (bob_jenkins@burtleburtle.net) + * Copyright (C) 2006. Bob Jenkins (bob_jenkins@burtleburtle.net) * * http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/ * * These are the credits from Bob's sources: * - * lookup2.c, by Bob Jenkins, December 1996, Public Domain. - * hash(), hash2(), hash3, and mix() are externally useful functions. - * Routines to test the hash are included if SELF_TEST is defined. - * You can use this free for any purpose. It has no warranty. + * lookup3.c, by Bob Jenkins, May 2006, Public Domain. * - * Copyright (C) 2003 David S. Miller (davem@redhat.com) + * These are functions for producing 32-bit hashes for hash table lookup. + * hashword(), hashlittle(), hashlittle2(), hashbig(), mix(), and final() + * are externally useful functions. Routines to test the hash are included + * if SELF_TEST is defined. You can use this free for any purpose. It's in + * the public domain. It has no warranty. + * + * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Jozsef Kadlecsik (kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu) * * I've modified Bob's hash to be useful in the Linux kernel, and - * any bugs present are surely my fault. -DaveM + * any bugs present are my fault. + * Jozsef */ +#include +#include + +/* Best hash sizes are of power of two */ +#define jhash_size(n) ((u32)1<<(n)) +/* Mask the hash value, i.e (value & jhash_mask(n)) instead of (value % n) */ +#define jhash_mask(n) (jhash_size(n)-1) + +/* __jhash_mix -- mix 3 32-bit values reversibly. */ +#define __jhash_mix(a, b, c) \ +{ \ + a -= c; a ^= rol32(c, 4); c += b; \ + b -= a; b ^= rol32(a, 6); a += c; \ + c -= b; c ^= rol32(b, 8); b += a; \ + a -= c; a ^= rol32(c, 16); c += b; \ + b -= a; b ^= rol32(a, 19); a += c; \ + c -= b; c ^= rol32(b, 4); b += a; \ +} -/* NOTE: Arguments are modified. */ -#define __jhash_mix(a, b, c) \ -{ \ - a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c>>13); \ - b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a<<8); \ - c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b>>13); \ - a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c>>12); \ - b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a<<16); \ - c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b>>5); \ - a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c>>3); \ - b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a<<10); \ - c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b>>15); \ +/* __jhash_final - final mixing of 3 32-bit values (a,b,c) into c */ +#define __jhash_final(a, b, c) \ +{ \ + c ^= b; c -= rol32(b, 14); \ + a ^= c; a -= rol32(c, 11); \ + b ^= a; b -= rol32(a, 25); \ + c ^= b; c -= rol32(b, 16); \ + a ^= c; a -= rol32(c, 4); \ + b ^= a; b -= rol32(a, 14); \ + c ^= b; c -= rol32(b, 24); \ } -/* The golden ration: an arbitrary value */ -#define JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO 0x9e3779b9 +/* An arbitrary initial parameter */ +#define JHASH_INITVAL 0xdeadbeef -/* The most generic version, hashes an arbitrary sequence - * of bytes. No alignment or length assumptions are made about - * the input key. +/* jhash - hash an arbitrary key + * @k: sequence of bytes as key + * @length: the length of the key + * @initval: the previous hash, or an arbitray value + * + * The generic version, hashes an arbitrary sequence of bytes. + * No alignment or length assumptions are made about the input key. + * + * Returns the hash value of the key. The result depends on endianness. */ static inline u32 jhash(const void *key, u32 length, u32 initval) { - u32 a, b, c, len; + u32 a, b, c; const u8 *k = key; - len = length; - a = b = JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; - c = initval; - - while (len >= 12) { - a += (k[0] +((u32)k[1]<<8) +((u32)k[2]<<16) +((u32)k[3]<<24)); - b += (k[4] +((u32)k[5]<<8) +((u32)k[6]<<16) +((u32)k[7]<<24)); - c += (k[8] +((u32)k[9]<<8) +((u32)k[10]<<16)+((u32)k[11]<<24)); - - __jhash_mix(a,b,c); + /* Set up the internal state */ + a = b = c = JHASH_INITVAL + length + initval; + /* All but the last block: affect some 32 bits of (a,b,c) */ + while (length > 12) { + a += __get_unaligned_cpu32(k); + b += __get_unaligned_cpu32(k + 4); + c += __get_unaligned_cpu32(k + 8); + __jhash_mix(a, b, c); + length -= 12; k += 12; - len -= 12; } - - c += length; - switch (len) { - case 11: c += ((u32)k[10]<<24); - case 10: c += ((u32)k[9]<<16); - case 9 : c += ((u32)k[8]<<8); - case 8 : b += ((u32)k[7]<<24); - case 7 : b += ((u32)k[6]<<16); - case 6 : b += ((u32)k[5]<<8); - case 5 : b += k[4]; - case 4 : a += ((u32)k[3]<<24); - case 3 : a += ((u32)k[2]<<16); - case 2 : a += ((u32)k[1]<<8); - case 1 : a += k[0]; - }; - - __jhash_mix(a,b,c); + /* Last block: affect all 32 bits of (c) */ + /* All the case statements fall through */ + switch (length) { + case 12: c += (u32)k[11]<<24; + case 11: c += (u32)k[10]<<16; + case 10: c += (u32)k[9]<<8; + case 9: c += k[8]; + case 8: b += (u32)k[7]<<24; + case 7: b += (u32)k[6]<<16; + case 6: b += (u32)k[5]<<8; + case 5: b += k[4]; + case 4: a += (u32)k[3]<<24; + case 3: a += (u32)k[2]<<16; + case 2: a += (u32)k[1]<<8; + case 1: a += k[0]; + __jhash_final(a, b, c); + case 0: /* Nothing left to add */ + break; + } return c; } -/* A special optimized version that handles 1 or more of u32s. - * The length parameter here is the number of u32s in the key. +/* jhash2 - hash an array of u32's + * @k: the key which must be an array of u32's + * @length: the number of u32's in the key + * @initval: the previous hash, or an arbitray value + * + * Returns the hash value of the key. */ static inline u32 jhash2(const u32 *k, u32 length, u32 initval) { - u32 a, b, c, len; + u32 a, b, c; - a = b = JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; - c = initval; - len = length; + /* Set up the internal state */ + a = b = c = JHASH_INITVAL + (length<<2) + initval; - while (len >= 3) { + /* Handle most of the key */ + while (length > 3) { a += k[0]; b += k[1]; c += k[2]; __jhash_mix(a, b, c); - k += 3; len -= 3; + length -= 3; + k += 3; } - c += length * 4; - - switch (len) { - case 2 : b += k[1]; - case 1 : a += k[0]; - }; - - __jhash_mix(a,b,c); + /* Handle the last 3 u32's: all the case statements fall through */ + switch (length) { + case 3: c += k[2]; + case 2: b += k[1]; + case 1: a += k[0]; + __jhash_final(a, b, c); + case 0: /* Nothing left to add */ + break; + } return c; } -/* A special ultra-optimized versions that knows they are hashing exactly - * 3, 2 or 1 word(s). - * - * NOTE: In particular the "c += length; __jhash_mix(a,b,c);" normally - * done at the end is not done here. - */ +/* jhash_3words - hash exactly 3, 2 or 1 word(s) */ static inline u32 jhash_3words(u32 a, u32 b, u32 c, u32 initval) { - a += JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; - b += JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; + a += JHASH_INITVAL; + b += JHASH_INITVAL; c += initval; - __jhash_mix(a, b, c); + __jhash_final(a, b, c); return c; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 35d2856b4693e8de5d616307b56cef296b839157 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Willi Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 04:37:49 +0000 Subject: xfrm: Add Traffic Flow Confidentiality padding XFRM attribute The XFRMA_TFCPAD attribute for XFRM state installation configures Traffic Flow Confidentiality by padding ESP packets to a specified length. Signed-off-by: Martin Willi Acked-by: Herbert Xu Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/xfrm.h | 1 + include/net/xfrm.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/xfrm.h b/include/linux/xfrm.h index b971e3848493..930fdd2de79c 100644 --- a/include/linux/xfrm.h +++ b/include/linux/xfrm.h @@ -283,6 +283,7 @@ enum xfrm_attr_type_t { XFRMA_KMADDRESS, /* struct xfrm_user_kmaddress */ XFRMA_ALG_AUTH_TRUNC, /* struct xfrm_algo_auth */ XFRMA_MARK, /* struct xfrm_mark */ + XFRMA_TFCPAD, /* __u32 */ __XFRMA_MAX #define XFRMA_MAX (__XFRMA_MAX - 1) diff --git a/include/net/xfrm.h b/include/net/xfrm.h index 7fa5b005893e..b9f385da758e 100644 --- a/include/net/xfrm.h +++ b/include/net/xfrm.h @@ -143,6 +143,7 @@ struct xfrm_state { struct xfrm_id id; struct xfrm_selector sel; struct xfrm_mark mark; + u32 tfcpad; u32 genid; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e596e6e4d578f2639416e620d367a3af34814a40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 12:08:35 +0000 Subject: ethtool: Report link-down while interface is down While an interface is down, many implementations of ethtool_ops::get_link, including the default, ethtool_op_get_link(), will report the last link state seen while the interface was up. In general the current physical link state is not available if the interface is down. Define ETHTOOL_GLINK to reflect whether the interface *and* any physical port have a working link, and consistently return 0 when the interface is down. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/ethtool.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ethtool.h b/include/linux/ethtool.h index 6628a507fd3b..1908929204a9 100644 --- a/include/linux/ethtool.h +++ b/include/linux/ethtool.h @@ -691,7 +691,9 @@ struct ethtool_ops { #define ETHTOOL_GMSGLVL 0x00000007 /* Get driver message level */ #define ETHTOOL_SMSGLVL 0x00000008 /* Set driver msg level. */ #define ETHTOOL_NWAY_RST 0x00000009 /* Restart autonegotiation. */ -#define ETHTOOL_GLINK 0x0000000a /* Get link status (ethtool_value) */ +/* Get link status for host, i.e. whether the interface *and* the + * physical port (if there is one) are up (ethtool_value). */ +#define ETHTOOL_GLINK 0x0000000a #define ETHTOOL_GEEPROM 0x0000000b /* Get EEPROM data */ #define ETHTOOL_SEEPROM 0x0000000c /* Set EEPROM data. */ #define ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE 0x0000000e /* Get coalesce config */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5170ae824ddf1988a63fb12cbedcff817634c444 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Sun, 12 Dec 2010 21:35:57 -0800 Subject: net: Abstract RTAX_HOPLIMIT metric accesses behind helper. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/dst.h | 15 ++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dst.h b/include/net/dst.h index 85dee3a57b9b..9208b500aaaf 100644 --- a/include/net/dst.h +++ b/include/net/dst.h @@ -104,11 +104,24 @@ struct dst_entry { #ifdef __KERNEL__ static inline u32 -dst_metric(const struct dst_entry *dst, int metric) +dst_metric_raw(const struct dst_entry *dst, const int metric) { return dst->_metrics[metric-1]; } +static inline u32 +dst_metric(const struct dst_entry *dst, const int metric) +{ + WARN_ON_ONCE(metric == RTAX_HOPLIMIT); + return dst_metric_raw(dst, metric); +} + +static inline u32 +dst_metric_hoplimit(const struct dst_entry *dst) +{ + return dst_metric_raw(dst, RTAX_HOPLIMIT); +} + static inline void dst_metric_set(struct dst_entry *dst, int metric, u32 val) { dst->_metrics[metric-1] = val; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 323e126f0c5995f779d7df7fd035f6e8fed8764d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Sun, 12 Dec 2010 21:55:08 -0800 Subject: ipv4: Don't pre-seed hoplimit metric. Always go through a new ip4_dst_hoplimit() helper, just like ipv6. This allowed several simplifications: 1) The interim dst_metric_hoplimit() can go as it's no longer userd. 2) The sysctl_ip_default_ttl entry no longer needs to use ipv4_doint_and_flush, since the sysctl is not cached in routing cache metrics any longer. 3) ipv4_doint_and_flush no longer needs to be exported and therefore can be marked static. When ipv4_doint_and_flush_strategy was removed some time ago, the external declaration in ip.h was mistakenly left around so kill that off too. We have to move the sysctl_ip_default_ttl declaration into ipv4's route cache definition header net/route.h, because currently net/ip.h (where the declaration lives now) has a back dependency on net/route.h Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/dst.h | 6 ------ include/net/ip.h | 10 ---------- include/net/route.h | 11 +++++++++++ 3 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dst.h b/include/net/dst.h index 9208b500aaaf..755ac6c1aa03 100644 --- a/include/net/dst.h +++ b/include/net/dst.h @@ -116,12 +116,6 @@ dst_metric(const struct dst_entry *dst, const int metric) return dst_metric_raw(dst, metric); } -static inline u32 -dst_metric_hoplimit(const struct dst_entry *dst) -{ - return dst_metric_raw(dst, RTAX_HOPLIMIT); -} - static inline void dst_metric_set(struct dst_entry *dst, int metric, u32 val) { dst->_metrics[metric-1] = val; diff --git a/include/net/ip.h b/include/net/ip.h index 86e2b182a0c0..67fac78a186b 100644 --- a/include/net/ip.h +++ b/include/net/ip.h @@ -201,7 +201,6 @@ static inline int inet_is_reserved_local_port(int port) return test_bit(port, sysctl_local_reserved_ports); } -extern int sysctl_ip_default_ttl; extern int sysctl_ip_nonlocal_bind; extern struct ctl_path net_core_path[]; @@ -428,15 +427,6 @@ extern void ip_icmp_error(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb, int err, extern void ip_local_error(struct sock *sk, int err, __be32 daddr, __be16 dport, u32 info); -/* sysctl helpers - any sysctl which holds a value that ends up being - * fed into the routing cache should use these handlers. - */ -int ipv4_doint_and_flush(ctl_table *ctl, int write, - void __user *buffer, - size_t *lenp, loff_t *ppos); -int ipv4_doint_and_flush_strategy(ctl_table *table, - void __user *oldval, size_t __user *oldlenp, - void __user *newval, size_t newlen); #ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS extern int ip_misc_proc_init(void); #endif diff --git a/include/net/route.h b/include/net/route.h index b8c1f7703fc6..27002362944a 100644 --- a/include/net/route.h +++ b/include/net/route.h @@ -231,4 +231,15 @@ static inline int inet_iif(const struct sk_buff *skb) return skb_rtable(skb)->rt_iif; } +extern int sysctl_ip_default_ttl; + +static inline int ip4_dst_hoplimit(const struct dst_entry *dst) +{ + int hoplimit = dst_metric_raw(dst, RTAX_HOPLIMIT); + + if (hoplimit == 0) + hoplimit = sysctl_ip_default_ttl; + return hoplimit; +} + #endif /* _ROUTE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a7ffac9591a2a0ee74c431396ae475a8d0caa51e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 13:59:24 +0900 Subject: cfg80211: Add antenna availability information Add a field to wiphy for the hardware to report the availble antennas for configuration. Only if this is set to something bigger than zero, will the anntenna configuration ops be executed. Allthough this could be a simple number of antennas, I defined it as a bitmap of antennas which are available for configuration, since it's more consistent with the rest of the antenna API and there could be cases where the hardware allows only configuration of certain antennas. As it does not make much of a difference in size or normal usage, I think it's better to be able to support this, in case the need arises. The antenna configuration is now also checked against the availabe antennas and rejected if it does not match. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf -- v3: always apply available antenna mask (for "all" antennas case). v2: reject antenna configurations which don't match the available antennas Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 0d5979924be3..4d5acb013636 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1468,6 +1468,9 @@ struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface * type + * + * @available_antennas: bitmap of antennas which are available to configure. + * antenna configuration commands will be rejected unless this is set. */ struct wiphy { /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ @@ -1507,6 +1510,8 @@ struct wiphy { u8 max_num_pmkids; + u32 available_antennas; + /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered -- cgit v1.2.3 From dbd2fd656f2060abfd3a16257f8b51ec60f6d2ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 19:58:59 +0100 Subject: cfg80211/nl80211: separate unicast/multicast default TX keys Allow userspace to specify that a given key is default only for unicast and/or multicast transmissions. Only WEP keys are for both, WPA/RSN keys set here are GTKs for multicast only. For more future flexibility, allow to specify all combiations. Wireless extensions can only set both so use nl80211; WEP keys (connect keys) must be set as default for both (but 802.1X WEP is still possible). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 27 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 5 ++++- 2 files changed, 31 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 380421253d16..b8fa25d741ba 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -851,6 +851,10 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HTOPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) * + * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags + * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. + * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1029,6 +1033,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, + NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -1774,6 +1780,23 @@ enum nl80211_wpa_versions { NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, }; +/** + * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types + * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default + * unicast key + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default + * multicast key + * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types + */ +enum nl80211_key_default_types { + __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, + + NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES +}; + /** * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid @@ -1790,6 +1813,9 @@ enum nl80211_wpa_versions { * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was * given with the command using the key or not (u32) + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags + * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. + * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute */ @@ -1802,6 +1828,7 @@ enum nl80211_key_attributes { NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, NL80211_KEY_TYPE, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, /* keep last */ __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 4d5acb013636..22be7c625b70 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, - u8 key_index); + u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, u8 key_index); @@ -1393,6 +1393,8 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the * control_port_no_encrypt flag. * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SEPARATE_DEFAULT_KEYS: The device supports separate + * unicast and multicast TX keys. */ enum wiphy_flags { WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY = BIT(0), @@ -1404,6 +1406,7 @@ enum wiphy_flags { WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), + WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SEPARATE_DEFAULT_KEYS= BIT(9), }; struct mac_address { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 44316cb1e97a1e7f76eb3f07e5b0ba91d72e9693 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bing Zhao Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 18:24:41 -0800 Subject: ieee80211: add Parameter Set Count bitmask WMM IE QoS Info field lower 4 bits: Parameter Set Count Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index 351c0ab4e284..7f2354534242 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -122,6 +122,7 @@ /* U-APSD queue for WMM IEs sent by AP */ #define IEEE80211_WMM_IE_AP_QOSINFO_UAPSD (1<<7) +#define IEEE80211_WMM_IE_AP_QOSINFO_PARAM_SET_CNT_MASK 0x0f /* U-APSD queues for WMM IEs sent by STA */ #define IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_VO (1<<0) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0dbaee3b37e118a96bb7b8eb0d9bbaeeb46264be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 12:52:14 -0800 Subject: net: Abstract default ADVMSS behind an accessor. Make all RTAX_ADVMSS metric accesses go through a new helper function, dst_metric_advmss(). Leave the actual default metric as "zero" in the real metric slot, and compute the actual default value dynamically via a new dst_ops AF specific callback. For stacked IPSEC routes, we use the advmss of the path which preserves existing behavior. Unlike ipv4/ipv6, DecNET ties the advmss to the mtu and thus updates advmss on pmtu updates. This inconsistency in advmss handling results in more raw metric accesses than I wish we ended up with. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/dst.h | 14 +++++++++++++- include/net/dst_ops.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dst.h b/include/net/dst.h index 755ac6c1aa03..03a1c3d52d80 100644 --- a/include/net/dst.h +++ b/include/net/dst.h @@ -112,10 +112,22 @@ dst_metric_raw(const struct dst_entry *dst, const int metric) static inline u32 dst_metric(const struct dst_entry *dst, const int metric) { - WARN_ON_ONCE(metric == RTAX_HOPLIMIT); + WARN_ON_ONCE(metric == RTAX_HOPLIMIT || + metric == RTAX_ADVMSS); return dst_metric_raw(dst, metric); } +static inline u32 +dst_metric_advmss(const struct dst_entry *dst) +{ + u32 advmss = dst_metric_raw(dst, RTAX_ADVMSS); + + if (!advmss) + advmss = dst->ops->default_advmss(dst); + + return advmss; +} + static inline void dst_metric_set(struct dst_entry *dst, int metric, u32 val) { dst->_metrics[metric-1] = val; diff --git a/include/net/dst_ops.h b/include/net/dst_ops.h index 51665b3461b8..15fb7af08c42 100644 --- a/include/net/dst_ops.h +++ b/include/net/dst_ops.h @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ struct dst_ops { int (*gc)(struct dst_ops *ops); struct dst_entry * (*check)(struct dst_entry *, __u32 cookie); + unsigned int (*default_advmss)(const struct dst_entry *); void (*destroy)(struct dst_entry *); void (*ifdown)(struct dst_entry *, struct net_device *dev, int how); -- cgit v1.2.3 From d33e455337ea2c71d09d7f4367d6ad6dd32b6965 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 13:01:14 -0800 Subject: net: Abstract default MTU metric calculation behind an accessor. Like RTAX_ADVMSS, make the default calculation go through a dst_ops method rather than caching the computation in the routing cache entries. Now dst metrics are pretty much left as-is when new entries are created, thus optimizing metric sharing becomes a real possibility. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/dst.h | 15 ++++++++------- include/net/dst_ops.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 9 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dst.h b/include/net/dst.h index 03a1c3d52d80..93b0310317be 100644 --- a/include/net/dst.h +++ b/include/net/dst.h @@ -113,7 +113,8 @@ static inline u32 dst_metric(const struct dst_entry *dst, const int metric) { WARN_ON_ONCE(metric == RTAX_HOPLIMIT || - metric == RTAX_ADVMSS); + metric == RTAX_ADVMSS || + metric == RTAX_MTU); return dst_metric_raw(dst, metric); } @@ -156,11 +157,11 @@ dst_feature(const struct dst_entry *dst, u32 feature) static inline u32 dst_mtu(const struct dst_entry *dst) { - u32 mtu = dst_metric(dst, RTAX_MTU); - /* - * Alexey put it here, so ask him about it :) - */ - barrier(); + u32 mtu = dst_metric_raw(dst, RTAX_MTU); + + if (!mtu) + mtu = dst->ops->default_mtu(dst); + return mtu; } @@ -186,7 +187,7 @@ dst_allfrag(const struct dst_entry *dst) } static inline int -dst_metric_locked(struct dst_entry *dst, int metric) +dst_metric_locked(const struct dst_entry *dst, int metric) { return dst_metric(dst, RTAX_LOCK) & (1< Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 17:54:28 +0100 Subject: nl80211: advertise maximum remain-on-channel duration With the upcoming hardware offload implementation, some devices will have a different maximum duration for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 5 +++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 5 +++++ 2 files changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index b8fa25d741ba..1cee56b3a79a 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -773,6 +773,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * cache, a wiphy attribute. * * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. + * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that + * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the + * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. * * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. * @@ -1035,6 +1038,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, + NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 22be7c625b70..f45e15f12446 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1474,6 +1474,9 @@ struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { * * @available_antennas: bitmap of antennas which are available to configure. * antenna configuration commands will be rejected unless this is set. + * + * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation + * may request, if implemented. */ struct wiphy { /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ @@ -1511,6 +1514,8 @@ struct wiphy { char fw_version[ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN]; u32 hw_version; + u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; + u8 max_num_pmkids; u32 available_antennas; -- cgit v1.2.3 From bd2ce6e43f65127bc723e7fcc044758cf8113260 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sujith Manoharan Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 07:47:10 +0530 Subject: mac80211: Add timeout to BA session start API Allow drivers or rate control algorithms to specify BlockAck session timeout when initiating an ADDBA transaction. This is useful in cases where maintaining persistent BA sessions does not incur any overhead. The current timeout value of 5000 TUs is retained for all non ath9k/ath9k_htc drivers. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index e411cf87fb41..69ded1ee49ce 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -2435,6 +2435,7 @@ void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session. * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session * @tid: the TID to BA on. + * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs) * * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise * @@ -2442,7 +2443,8 @@ void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level * will be managed by the mac80211. */ -int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid); +int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid, + u16 timeout); /** * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate. -- cgit v1.2.3 From cf4e594ea7e55555e81647b74a3a8e8b2826a529 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 00:52:40 +0200 Subject: nl80211: Add notification for dropped Deauth/Disassoc Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to management frame protection being in use. This notification is needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch between an AP and STA. This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP (IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7). IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 10 ++++++++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 26 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 36 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 1cee56b3a79a..7483a89cee8f 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -399,6 +399,13 @@ * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the * network is determined by the network interface. * + * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame + * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected + * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. + * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame + * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected + * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -508,6 +515,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, + NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, + NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index f45e15f12446..3d1c09b777e8 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -2359,6 +2359,32 @@ void cfg80211_send_disassoc(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); void __cfg80211_send_disassoc(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); +/** + * cfg80211_send_unprot_deauth - notification of unprotected deauthentication + * @dev: network device + * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * + * This function is called whenever a received Deauthentication frame has been + * dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the Deauthentication + * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. + */ +void cfg80211_send_unprot_deauth(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, + size_t len); + +/** + * cfg80211_send_unprot_disassoc - notification of unprotected disassociation + * @dev: network device + * @buf: disassociation frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * + * This function is called whenever a received Disassociation frame has been + * dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the Disassociation + * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. + */ +void cfg80211_send_unprot_disassoc(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, + size_t len); + /** * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) * @dev: network device -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2784fe915cd25adf23ea28534019308d8a144721 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Luis R. Rodriguez" Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 19:24:11 -0800 Subject: cfg80211: fix null pointer dereference with a custom regulatory request Once we moved the core regulatory request to the queue and let the scheduler process it last_request will have been left NULL until the schedular decides to process the first request. When this happens and we are loading a driver with a custom regulatory request like all Atheros drivers we end up with a NULL pointer dereference. We fix this by checking if the request was a custom one. BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000004 IP: [] freq_reg_info_regd.clone.2+0x27/0x130 [cfg80211] PGD 71f91067 PUD 712b2067 PMD 0 Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP last sysfs file: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1d.7/usb2/2-1/firmware/2-1/loading CPU 0 Modules linked in: ath9k_htc(+) ath9k_common ath9k_hw ath Pid: 3094, comm: insmod Tainted: G W 2.6.37-rc5-wl #16 INVALID/28427ZQ RIP: 0010:[] [] freq_reg_info_regd.clone.2+0x27/0x130 [cfg80211] RSP: 0018:ffff88007045db78 EFLAGS: 00010282 RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffffffffa047d9a0 RCX: ffff88007045dbd0 RDX: 0000000000004e20 RSI: 000000000024cde0 RDI: ffff8800700483e0 RBP: ffff88007045db98 R08: ffffffffa02f5b40 R09: 0000000000000001 R10: 000000000000000e R11: 0000000000000001 R12: 0000000000000000 R13: ffff88007004e3b0 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: ffff880070048340 FS: 00007f635a707700(0000) GS:ffff880077400000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 000000008005003b CR2: 0000000000000004 CR3: 00000000708a9000 CR4: 00000000000006f0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000ffff0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Process insmod (pid: 3094, threadinfo ffff88007045c000, task ffff8800713e3ec0) Stack: ffffffffa047d9a0 0000000000000000 ffff88007004e3b0 0000000000000000 ffff88007045dc08 ffffffffa016e147 000000007045dc08 0000000000000002 ffff8800700483e0 ffffffffa02f5b40 ffff88007045dbd8 0000000000000000 Call Trace: [] wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory+0x137/0x1d0 [cfg80211] [] ? ath9k_reg_notifier+0x0/0x50 [ath9k_htc] [] ath_regd_init+0x347/0x430 [ath] [] ath9k_htc_probe_device+0x6c5/0x960 [ath9k_htc] [] ath9k_htc_hw_init+0xc/0x30 [ath9k_htc] [] ath9k_hif_usb_probe+0x216/0x3b0 [ath9k_htc] [] usb_probe_interface+0x10c/0x210 [usbcore] [] driver_probe_device+0x96/0x1c0 [] __driver_attach+0xa3/0xb0 [] ? __driver_attach+0x0/0xb0 [] bus_for_each_dev+0x5e/0x90 [] driver_attach+0x19/0x20 [] bus_add_driver+0x168/0x320 [] driver_register+0x71/0x140 [] ? __raw_spin_lock_init+0x38/0x70 [] usb_register_driver+0xdc/0x190 [usbcore] [] ? ath9k_htc_init+0x0/0x4f [ath9k_htc] [] ath9k_hif_usb_init+0x1e/0x20 [ath9k_htc] [] ath9k_htc_init+0x2b/0x4f [ath9k_htc] [] do_one_initcall+0x3f/0x180 [] sys_init_module+0xbb/0x200 [] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b Code: RIP [] freq_reg_info_regd.clone.2+0x27/0x130 [cfg80211] RSP CR2: 0000000000000004 ---[ end trace 79e4193601c8b713 ]--- Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 3d1c09b777e8..6dc665a727c2 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1419,7 +1419,9 @@ struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { /** * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description - * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback + * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, + * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() + * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future -- cgit v1.2.3 From a3d22a68d752ccc1a01bb0a64dd70b7a98bf9e23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vladislav Zolotarov Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 06:27:10 +0000 Subject: bnx2x: Take the distribution range definition out of skb_tx_hash() Move the calcualation of the Tx hash for a given hash range into a separate function and define the skb_tx_hash(), which calculates a Tx hash for a [0; dev->real_num_tx_queues - 1] hash values range, using this function (__skb_tx_hash()). Signed-off-by: Vladislav Zolotarov Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 10 ++++++++++ include/linux/skbuff.h | 5 +++-- 2 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index d31bc3c94717..445e6825f8eb 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1747,6 +1747,16 @@ static inline void netif_wake_subqueue(struct net_device *dev, u16 queue_index) __netif_schedule(txq->qdisc); } +/* + * Returns a Tx hash for the given packet when dev->real_num_tx_queues is used + * as a distribution range limit for the returned value. + */ +static inline u16 skb_tx_hash(const struct net_device *dev, + const struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return __skb_tx_hash(dev, skb, dev->real_num_tx_queues); +} + /** * netif_is_multiqueue - test if device has multiple transmit queues * @dev: network device diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 19f37a6ee6c4..4c4bec6316d9 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -2165,8 +2165,9 @@ static inline bool skb_rx_queue_recorded(const struct sk_buff *skb) return skb->queue_mapping != 0; } -extern u16 skb_tx_hash(const struct net_device *dev, - const struct sk_buff *skb); +extern u16 __skb_tx_hash(const struct net_device *dev, + const struct sk_buff *skb, + unsigned int num_tx_queues); #ifdef CONFIG_XFRM static inline struct sec_path *skb_sec_path(struct sk_buff *skb) -- cgit v1.2.3 From b236da6931e2482bfe44a7865dd4e7bb036f3496 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 03:09:15 +0000 Subject: net: use NUMA_NO_NODE instead of the magic number -1 Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 445e6825f8eb..cc916c5c3279 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ static inline int netdev_queue_numa_node_read(const struct netdev_queue *q) #if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) return q->numa_node; #else - return -1; + return NUMA_NO_NODE; #endif } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 443457242beb6716b43db4d62fe148eab5515505 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Octavian Purdila Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 12:44:07 +0000 Subject: net: factorize sync-rcu call in unregister_netdevice_many Add dev_close_many and dev_deactivate_many to factorize another sync-rcu operation on the netdevice unregister path. $ modprobe dummy numdummies=10000 $ ip link set dev dummy* up $ time rmmod dummy Without the patch With the patch real 0m 24.63s real 0m 5.15s user 0m 0.00s user 0m 0.00s sys 0m 6.05s sys 0m 5.14s Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sch_generic.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sch_generic.h b/include/net/sch_generic.h index ea1f8a83160d..786cc396cb4a 100644 --- a/include/net/sch_generic.h +++ b/include/net/sch_generic.h @@ -321,6 +321,7 @@ extern void dev_init_scheduler(struct net_device *dev); extern void dev_shutdown(struct net_device *dev); extern void dev_activate(struct net_device *dev); extern void dev_deactivate(struct net_device *dev); +extern void dev_deactivate_many(struct list_head *head); extern struct Qdisc *dev_graft_qdisc(struct netdev_queue *dev_queue, struct Qdisc *qdisc); extern void qdisc_reset(struct Qdisc *qdisc); -- cgit v1.2.3 From bc2ce894e113ed95b92541134b002fdc641e8080 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 14:08:34 -0800 Subject: tcp: relax tcp_paws_check() Some windows versions have wrong RFC1323 implementations, with SYN and SYNACKS messages containing zero tcp timestamps. We relaxed in commit fc1ad92dfc4e363 the passive connection case (Windows connects to a linux machine), but the reverse case (linux connects to a Windows machine) has an analogue problem when tsvals from windows machine are 'negative' (high order bit set) : PAWS triggers and we drops incoming messages. Fix this by making zero ts_recent value special, allowing frame to be processed. Based on a report and initial patch from Dmitiy Balakin Bugzilla reference : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24842 Reported-by: dmitriy.balakin@nicneiron.ru Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/tcp.h | 8 +++++++- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index 3f227baee4be..2ab6c9c1c53a 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -1038,7 +1038,13 @@ static inline int tcp_paws_check(const struct tcp_options_received *rx_opt, return 1; if (unlikely(get_seconds() >= rx_opt->ts_recent_stamp + TCP_PAWS_24DAYS)) return 1; - + /* + * Some OSes send SYN and SYNACK messages with tsval=0 tsecr=0, + * then following tcp messages have valid values. Ignore 0 value, + * or else 'negative' tsval might forbid us to accept their packets. + */ + if (!rx_opt->ts_recent) + return 1; return 0; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 04fb451eff978ca059399eab83d5594b073caf6f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Micha=C5=82=20Miros=C5=82aw?= Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 15:24:08 +0000 Subject: net: Introduce skb_checksum_start_offset() MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Introduce skb_checksum_start_offset() to replace repetitive calculation. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 4c4bec6316d9..20ec0a64cb9f 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -1355,6 +1355,11 @@ static inline void skb_set_mac_header(struct sk_buff *skb, const int offset) } #endif /* NET_SKBUFF_DATA_USES_OFFSET */ +static inline int skb_checksum_start_offset(const struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return skb->csum_start - skb_headroom(skb); +} + static inline int skb_transport_offset(const struct sk_buff *skb) { return skb_transport_header(skb) - skb->data; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4c306a9291a077879fc3e933326caac3bc319caa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shan Wei Date: Sun, 19 Dec 2010 21:59:35 -0800 Subject: net: kill unused macros These macros never be used, so remove them. Signed-off-by: Shan Wei Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inet_connection_sock.h | 1 - include/net/tcp.h | 2 -- 2 files changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h b/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h index 6c93a56cc958..6ac4e3b5007f 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h @@ -132,7 +132,6 @@ struct inet_connection_sock { #define ICSK_TIME_RETRANS 1 /* Retransmit timer */ #define ICSK_TIME_DACK 2 /* Delayed ack timer */ #define ICSK_TIME_PROBE0 3 /* Zero window probe timer */ -#define ICSK_TIME_KEEPOPEN 4 /* Keepalive timer */ static inline struct inet_connection_sock *inet_csk(const struct sock *sk) { diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index 2ab6c9c1c53a..b4480300cadf 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -1158,8 +1158,6 @@ struct tcp_md5sig_pool { union tcp_md5sum_block md5_blk; }; -#define TCP_MD5SIG_MAXKEYS (~(u32)0) /* really?! */ - /* - functions */ extern int tcp_v4_md5_hash_skb(char *md5_hash, struct tcp_md5sig_key *key, struct sock *sk, struct request_sock *req, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6561a3b12d62ed5317e6ac32182d87a03f62c8dc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Sun, 19 Dec 2010 21:11:20 -0800 Subject: ipv4: Flush per-ns routing cache more sanely. Flush the routing cache only of entries that match the network namespace in which the purge event occurred. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller Acked-by: Eric Dumazet --- include/net/route.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/route.h b/include/net/route.h index 27002362944a..93e10c453f6b 100644 --- a/include/net/route.h +++ b/include/net/route.h @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ extern int ip_rt_init(void); extern void ip_rt_redirect(__be32 old_gw, __be32 dst, __be32 new_gw, __be32 src, struct net_device *dev); extern void rt_cache_flush(struct net *net, int how); -extern void rt_cache_flush_batch(void); +extern void rt_cache_flush_batch(struct net *net); extern int __ip_route_output_key(struct net *, struct rtable **, const struct flowi *flp); extern int ip_route_output_key(struct net *, struct rtable **, struct flowi *flp); extern int ip_route_output_flow(struct net *, struct rtable **rp, struct flowi *flp, struct sock *sk, int flags); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 24bdd9f4c9af75b33b438d60381a67626de0128d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:37:48 -0800 Subject: mac80211: Rename mesh_params to mesh_config to prepare for mesh_setup Mesh parameters can be to setup a mesh or to configure it. This patch renames the ambiguous name mesh_params to mesh_config in preparation for mesh_setup. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 15 ++++++++++----- include/net/cfg80211.h | 8 ++++---- 2 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 7483a89cee8f..11a1de67b618 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. * - * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS: Get mesh networking properties for the + * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX * - * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS: Set mesh networking properties for the + * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX * * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The @@ -448,8 +448,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, - NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS, - NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS, + NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, + NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, @@ -538,6 +538,10 @@ enum nl80211_commands { #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT +/* source-level API compatibility */ +#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG +#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG + /** * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes * @@ -922,7 +926,7 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, - NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS, + NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, @@ -1058,6 +1062,7 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { /* source-level API compatibility */ #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION +#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG /* * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 6dc665a727c2..7283496c2d05 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1096,9 +1096,9 @@ struct cfg80211_pmksa { * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx * - * @get_mesh_params: Put the current mesh parameters into *params + * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration * - * @update_mesh_params: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. + * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to * set, and which to leave alone. * @@ -1246,10 +1246,10 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); - int (*get_mesh_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct mesh_config *conf); - int (*update_mesh_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, const struct mesh_config *nconf); int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, -- cgit v1.2.3 From c80d545da3f7c0e534ccd4a780f322f80a92cff1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:37:49 -0800 Subject: mac80211: Let userspace enable and configure vendor specific path selection. Userspace will now be allowed to toggle between the default path selection algorithm (HWMP, implemented in the kernel), and a vendor specific alternative. Also in the same patch, allow userspace to add information elements to mesh beacons. This is accordance with the Extensible Path Selection Framework specified in version 7.0 of the 802.11s draft. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/nl80211.h | 47 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---- include/net/cfg80211.h | 8 ++++++++ 3 files changed, 76 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index 7f2354534242..cd681681d211 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -1291,6 +1291,31 @@ enum ieee80211_key_len { WLAN_KEY_LEN_AES_CMAC = 16, }; +/** + * enum - mesh path selection protocol identifier + * + * @IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_HWMP: the default path selection protocol + * @IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_VENDOR: a vendor specific protocol that will + * be specified in a vendor specific information element + */ +enum { + IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_HWMP = 0, + IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_VENDOR = 255, +}; + +/** + * enum - mesh path selection metric identifier + * + * @IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_AIRTIME: the default path selection metric + * @IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_VENDOR: a vendor specific metric that will be + * specified in a vendor specific information element + */ +enum { + IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_AIRTIME = 0, + IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_VENDOR = 255, +}; + + /* * IEEE 802.11-2007 7.3.2.9 Country information element * diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 11a1de67b618..69eaccac78c4 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -872,6 +872,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be + * changed once the mesh is active. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1054,6 +1057,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, + NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -1564,7 +1569,8 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { /** * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters * - * Mesh configuration parameters + * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is + * active. * * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use * @@ -1587,9 +1593,6 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh * point. * - * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a - * source mesh point for path selection elements. - * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically * open peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. * @@ -1616,6 +1619,9 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a + * source mesh point for path selection elements. + * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute * * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use @@ -1643,6 +1649,39 @@ enum nl80211_meshconf_params { NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 }; +/** + * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters + * + * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be + * changed while the mesh is active. + * + * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use + * + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a + * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the default + * HWMP. + * + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a + * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime + * metric. + * + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE: A vendor specific information + * element that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and + * metrics in use. + * + * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use + */ +enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { + __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 +}; + /** * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 7283496c2d05..924d60366233 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -649,12 +649,20 @@ struct mesh_config { * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration * @mesh_id: the mesh ID * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes + * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use + * @path_metric: which metric to use + * @vendor_ie: vendor information elements (optional) + * @vendor_ie_len: length of vendor information elements * * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. */ struct mesh_setup { const u8 *mesh_id; u8 mesh_id_len; + u8 path_sel_proto; + u8 path_metric; + const u8 *vendor_ie; + u8 vendor_ie_len; }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7f531e03abf0162df3966c4fa5fa6fdd9302cb6b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 11:30:22 +0900 Subject: cfg80211: Separate available antennas for RX and TX As has been pointed out by Daniel Halperin some devices (e.g. Intel IWL5100) can only TX from a subset of RX antennas, so use separate availability masks for RX and TX. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 12 +++++++++--- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 924d60366233..bcc9f448ec4e 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1482,8 +1482,13 @@ struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface * type * - * @available_antennas: bitmap of antennas which are available to configure. - * antenna configuration commands will be rejected unless this is set. + * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be + * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be + * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. + * + * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be + * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be + * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. * * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation * may request, if implemented. @@ -1528,7 +1533,8 @@ struct wiphy { u8 max_num_pmkids; - u32 available_antennas; + u32 available_antennas_tx; + u32 available_antennas_rx; /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't -- cgit v1.2.3 From 39fd5de4472b7b222c6cec78d72b069133f694e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 11:30:28 +0900 Subject: nl80211: Export available antennas Export the information which antennas are available for configuration as TX or RX antennas via nl80211. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 69eaccac78c4..2b89b712565b 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -858,6 +858,12 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. * For a more detailed descripton see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available + * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available + * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS * * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be @@ -1059,6 +1065,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 61ad5394590c5c5338ab4ec50553d809a9996d50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:23:34 -0800 Subject: mac80211: Remove unused third address from mesh address extension header. The Mesh Control header only includes 0, 1 or 2 addresses. If there is one address, it should be interpreted as Address 4. If there are 2, they are interpreted as Addresses 5 and 6 (Address 4 being the 4th address in the 802.11 header). The address extension used to hold up to 3 addresses instead of the current 2. I'm not sure which draft version changed this, but it is very unlikely that it will change again given the state of the approval process of this draft. See section 7.1.3.6.3 in current draft (8.0). Also, note that the extra address that I'm removing was not being used, so this change has no effect on over-the-air frame formats. But I thought I better remove it before someone does start using it. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index cd681681d211..6042228954a7 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -536,7 +536,6 @@ struct ieee80211s_hdr { __le32 seqnum; u8 eaddr1[6]; u8 eaddr2[6]; - u8 eaddr3[6]; } __attribute__ ((packed)); /* Mesh flags */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 356f039822b8d802138f7121c80d2a9286976dbd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nandita Dukkipati Date: Mon, 20 Dec 2010 14:15:56 +0000 Subject: TCP: increase default initial receive window. This patch changes the default initial receive window to 10 mss (defined constant). The default window is limited to the maximum of 10*1460 and 2*mss (when mss > 1460). draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd-00 is a proposal to the IETF that recommends increasing TCP's initial congestion window to 10 mss or about 15KB. Leading up to this proposal were several large-scale live Internet experiments with an initial congestion window of 10 mss (IW10), where we showed that the average latency of HTTP responses improved by approximately 10%. This was accompanied by a slight increase in retransmission rate (0.5%), most of which is coming from applications opening multiple simultaneous connections. To understand the extreme worst case scenarios, and fairness issues (IW10 versus IW3), we further conducted controlled testbed experiments. We came away finding minimal negative impact even under low link bandwidths (dial-ups) and small buffers. These results are extremely encouraging to adopting IW10. However, an initial congestion window of 10 mss is useless unless a TCP receiver advertises an initial receive window of at least 10 mss. Fortunately, in the large-scale Internet experiments we found that most widely used operating systems advertised large initial receive windows of 64KB, allowing us to experiment with a wide range of initial congestion windows. Linux systems were among the few exceptions that advertised a small receive window of 6KB. The purpose of this patch is to fix this shortcoming. References: 1. A comprehensive list of all IW10 references to date. http://code.google.com/speed/protocols/tcpm-IW10.html 2. Paper describing results from large-scale Internet experiments with IW10. http://ccr.sigcomm.org/drupal/?q=node/621 3. Controlled testbed experiments under worst case scenarios and a fairness study. http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/79/slides/tcpm-0.pdf 4. Raw test data from testbed experiments (Linux senders/receivers) with initial congestion and receive windows of both 10 mss. http://research.csc.ncsu.edu/netsrv/?q=content/iw10 5. Internet-Draft. Increasing TCP's Initial Window. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd/ Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/tcp.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index b4480300cadf..38509f047382 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -60,6 +60,9 @@ extern void tcp_time_wait(struct sock *sk, int state, int timeo); */ #define MAX_TCP_WINDOW 32767U +/* Offer an initial receive window of 10 mss. */ +#define TCP_DEFAULT_INIT_RCVWND 10 + /* Minimal accepted MSS. It is (60+60+8) - (20+20). */ #define TCP_MIN_MSS 88U -- cgit v1.2.3 From e1e5406854378dfada3f33c7192b012083a5b8e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 08:58:45 +0100 Subject: mac80211: add throughput based LED blink trigger iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED based on throughput. Implement this generically in mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink frequencies depending on their desired behaviour and max throughput. All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class device, best with blink hardware offload. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 38 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 38 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 69ded1ee49ce..40a93d582c79 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -1852,11 +1852,26 @@ struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len, */ int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); +/** + * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description + * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec + * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds + * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period) + */ +struct ieee80211_tpt_blink { + int throughput; + int blink_time; +}; + #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS extern char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); +extern char *__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger( + struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, + unsigned int blink_table_len); #endif /** * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED @@ -1934,6 +1949,29 @@ static inline char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) #endif } +/** + * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger + * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for + * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput + * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table + * + * This function returns %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED + * triggers are configured) or the name of the new trigger. + * This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw(). + */ +static inline char * +ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, + unsigned int blink_table_len) +{ +#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS + return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, blink_table, + blink_table_len); +#else + return NULL; +#endif +} + /** * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device * -- cgit v1.2.3 From 67408c8c7b9daf28b50e33be3541334c07d15789 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 08:59:23 +0100 Subject: mac80211: selective throughput LED trigger active The throughput LED trigger was always active when the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to be only active when one of the virtual interfaces is actually "connected" in some way. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 20 +++++++++++++++++--- 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 40a93d582c79..479c35e160e3 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -1863,13 +1863,26 @@ struct ieee80211_tpt_blink { int blink_time; }; +/** + * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags + * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio + * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working + * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one + * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP + */ +enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags { + IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0), + IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1), + IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2), +}; + #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS extern char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger( - struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags, const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, unsigned int blink_table_len); #endif @@ -1952,6 +1965,7 @@ static inline char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) /** * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for + * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table * @@ -1960,12 +1974,12 @@ static inline char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) * This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw(). */ static inline char * -ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, +ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags, const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, unsigned int blink_table_len) { #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS - return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, blink_table, + return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table, blink_table_len); #else return NULL; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 02d981292ad3149e8e5f37cffbccedab1a8576d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 21:07:04 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Add read_version management command This patch implements the initial read_version command that userspace will use before any other management interface operations. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h index 95974daa725e..d353d64bfffb 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h @@ -27,6 +27,12 @@ struct mgmt_hdr { } __packed; #define MGMT_HDR_SIZE 4 +#define MGMT_OP_READ_VERSION 0x0001 +struct mgmt_rp_read_version { + __u8 version; + __le16 revision; +} __packed; + #define MGMT_EV_CMD_COMPLETE 0x0001 struct mgmt_ev_cmd_complete { __le16 opcode; -- cgit v1.2.3 From faba42eb2a8cf905ed26d540c3c93d429e327224 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 21:07:05 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Add read_index_list management command This patch implements the read_index_list command through which userspace can get a list of current adapter indices. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h index d353d64bfffb..c2b4c83ab175 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h @@ -33,6 +33,12 @@ struct mgmt_rp_read_version { __le16 revision; } __packed; +#define MGMT_OP_READ_INDEX_LIST 0x0003 +struct mgmt_rp_read_index_list { + __le16 num_controllers; + __le16 index[0]; +} __packed; + #define MGMT_EV_CMD_COMPLETE 0x0001 struct mgmt_ev_cmd_complete { __le16 opcode; -- cgit v1.2.3 From f7b64e69c7c75c8e9f2d5e23edec8de1ce883bcc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 21:07:06 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Add read_info management command This patch implements the read_info command which is used to fetch basic info about an adapter. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h index c2b4c83ab175..70985aacc14b 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h @@ -39,6 +39,25 @@ struct mgmt_rp_read_index_list { __le16 index[0]; } __packed; +#define MGMT_OP_READ_INFO 0x0004 +struct mgmt_cp_read_info { + __le16 index; +} __packed; +struct mgmt_rp_read_info { + __le16 index; + __u8 type; + __u8 powered; + __u8 discoverable; + __u8 pairable; + __u8 sec_mode; + bdaddr_t bdaddr; + __u8 dev_class[3]; + __u8 features[8]; + __u16 manufacturer; + __u8 hci_ver; + __u16 hci_rev; +} __packed; + #define MGMT_EV_CMD_COMPLETE 0x0001 struct mgmt_ev_cmd_complete { __le16 opcode; -- cgit v1.2.3 From c71e97bfaadfa727669fcfcf12301744fd169091 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 21:07:07 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Add management events for controller addition & removal This patch adds Bluetooth Management interface events for controller addition and removal. The events correspond to the existing HCI_DEV_REG and HCI_DEV_UNREG stack internal events. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h | 2 ++ include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h | 10 ++++++++++ 2 files changed, 12 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h index 1992fac7e921..3786ee83604e 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h @@ -662,6 +662,8 @@ void hci_send_to_sock(struct hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb); /* Management interface */ int mgmt_control(struct sock *sk, struct msghdr *msg, size_t len); +int mgmt_index_added(u16 index); +int mgmt_index_removed(u16 index); /* HCI info for socket */ #define hci_pi(sk) ((struct hci_pinfo *) sk) diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h index 70985aacc14b..ca29c1367ffd 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h @@ -75,3 +75,13 @@ struct mgmt_ev_controller_error { __le16 index; __u8 error_code; } __packed; + +#define MGMT_EV_INDEX_ADDED 0x0004 +struct mgmt_ev_index_added { + __le16 index; +} __packed; + +#define MGMT_EV_INDEX_REMOVED 0x0005 +struct mgmt_ev_index_removed { + __le16 index; +} __packed; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 23bb57633df97ede067ea26f3cdc8a7ba2cd8109 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Tue, 21 Dec 2010 23:01:27 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Fix __hci_request synchronization for hci_open_dev The initialization function used by hci_open_dev (hci_init_req) sends many different HCI commands. The __hci_request function should only return when all of these commands have completed (or a timeout occurs). Several of these commands cause hci_req_complete to be called which causes __hci_request to return prematurely. This patch fixes the issue by adding a new hdev->req_last_cmd variable which is set during the initialization procedure. The hci_req_complete function will no longer mark the request as complete until the command matching hdev->req_last_cmd completes. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h index 3786ee83604e..a29feb01854e 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h @@ -129,6 +129,7 @@ struct hci_dev { wait_queue_head_t req_wait_q; __u32 req_status; __u32 req_result; + __u16 req_last_cmd; struct inquiry_cache inq_cache; struct hci_conn_hash conn_hash; @@ -693,6 +694,6 @@ struct hci_sec_filter { #define hci_req_lock(d) mutex_lock(&d->req_lock) #define hci_req_unlock(d) mutex_unlock(&d->req_lock) -void hci_req_complete(struct hci_dev *hdev, int result); +void hci_req_complete(struct hci_dev *hdev, __u16 cmd, int result); #endif /* __HCI_CORE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3e29027af43728c2a91fe3f735ab2822edaf54a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Fastabend Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 09:25:46 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes The IEEE8021Qaz is the IEEE standard version of CEE. The standard has had enough significant changes from the CEE version that many of the CEE attributes have no meaning in the new spec or do not easily map to IEEE standards. Rather then attempt to create a complicated mapping between CEE and IEEE standards this patch adds a nested IEEE attribute to the list of DCB attributes. The policy is, [DCB_ATTR_IFNAME] [DCB_ATTR_STATE] ... [DCB_ATTR_IEEE] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP] ... The following dcbnl_rtnl_ops routines were added to handle the IEEE standard, int (*ieee_getets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *); int (*ieee_setets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *); int (*ieee_getpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *); int (*ieee_setpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *); int (*ieee_getapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); int (*ieee_setapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); Signed-off-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 106 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/dcbnl.h | 11 ++++++ 2 files changed, 117 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 8723491f7dfd..287b5618e296 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -22,6 +22,87 @@ #include +/* IEEE 802.1Qaz std supported values */ +#define IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS 8 + +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz ETS managed object + * + * @willing: willing bit in ETS configuratin TLV + * @ets_cap: indicates supported capacity of ets feature + * @cbs: credit based shaper ets algorithm supported + * @tc_tx_bw: tc tx bandwidth indexed by traffic class + * @tc_rx_bw: tc rx bandwidth indexed by traffic class + * @tc_tsa: TSA Assignment table, indexed by traffic class + * @prio_tc: priority assignment table mapping 8021Qp to traffic class + * @tc_reco_bw: recommended tc bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV + * @tc_reco_tsa: recommended tc bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV + * @reco_prio_tc: recommended tc tx bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV + * + * Recommended values are used to set fields in the ETS recommendation TLV + * with hardware offloaded LLDP. + * + * ---- + * TSA Assignment 8 bit identifiers + * 0 strict priority + * 1 credit-based shaper + * 2 enhanced transmission selection + * 3-254 reserved + * 255 vendor specific + */ +struct ieee_ets { + __u8 willing; + __u8 ets_cap; + __u8 cbs; + __u8 tc_tx_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_rx_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_tsa[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 prio_tc[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_reco_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_reco_tsa[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 reco_prio_tc[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; +}; + +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz PFC managed object + * + * @pfc_cap: Indicates the number of traffic classes on the local device + * that may simultaneously have PFC enabled. + * @pfc_en: bitmap indicating pfc enabled traffic classes + * @mbc: enable macsec bypass capability + * @delay: the allowance made for a round-trip propagation delay of the + * link in bits. + * @requests: count of the sent pfc frames + * @indications: count of the received pfc frames + */ +struct ieee_pfc { + __u8 pfc_cap; + __u8 pfc_en; + __u8 mbc; + __u16 delay; + __u64 requests[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u64 indications[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; +}; + +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz APP managed object + * + * @selector: protocol identifier type + * @protocol: protocol of type indicated + * @priority: 3-bit unsigned integer indicating priority + * + * ---- + * Selector field values + * 0 Reserved + * 1 Ethertype + * 2 Well known port number over TCP or SCTP + * 3 Well known port number over UDP or DCCP + * 4 Well known port number over TCP, SCTP, UDP, or DCCP + * 5-7 Reserved + */ +struct dcb_app { + __u8 selector; + __u32 protocol; + __u8 priority; +}; + struct dcbmsg { __u8 dcb_family; __u8 cmd; @@ -50,6 +131,8 @@ struct dcbmsg { * @DCB_CMD_SBCN: get backward congestion notification configration. * @DCB_CMD_GAPP: get application protocol configuration * @DCB_CMD_SAPP: set application protocol configuration + * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET: set IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration + * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET: get IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration */ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED, @@ -83,6 +166,9 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_GAPP, DCB_CMD_SAPP, + DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET, + DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET, + __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CMD_MAX = __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -102,6 +188,7 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { * @DCB_ATTR_CAP: DCB capabilities of the device (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_NUMTCS: number of traffic classes supported (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_BCN: backward congestion notification configuration (NLA_NESTED) + * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE: IEEE 802.1Qaz supported attributes (NLA_NESTED) */ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -119,10 +206,29 @@ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_BCN, DCB_ATTR_APP, + /* IEEE std attributes */ + DCB_ATTR_IEEE, + __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; +enum ieee_attrs { + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_UNSPEC, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE, + __DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX +}; +#define DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX (__DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX - 1) + +enum ieee_attrs_app { + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_UNSPEC, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP, + __DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX +}; +#define DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX (__DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX - 1) + /** * enum dcbnl_pfc_attrs - DCB Priority Flow Control user priority nested attrs * diff --git a/include/net/dcbnl.h b/include/net/dcbnl.h index b36ac7e0914d..e2d841e963b3 100644 --- a/include/net/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/net/dcbnl.h @@ -20,11 +20,22 @@ #ifndef __NET_DCBNL_H__ #define __NET_DCBNL_H__ +#include + /* * Ops struct for the netlink callbacks. Used by DCB-enabled drivers through * the netdevice struct. */ struct dcbnl_rtnl_ops { + /* IEEE 802.1Qaz std */ + int (*ieee_getets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *); + int (*ieee_setets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *); + int (*ieee_getpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *); + int (*ieee_setpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *); + int (*ieee_getapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); + int (*ieee_setapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); + + /* CEE std */ u8 (*getstate)(struct net_device *); u8 (*setstate)(struct net_device *, u8); void (*getpermhwaddr)(struct net_device *, u8 *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9ab933ab2cc80f04690d6aa385b1110075c5e507 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Fastabend Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 09:26:31 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers This patch adds application tlv handlers. Networking stacks may use the application priority to set the skb priority of their stack using the negoatiated dcbx priority. This patch provides the dcb_{get|set}app() routines for the stack to query these parameters. Notice lower layer drivers can use the dcbnl_ops routines if additional handling is needed. Perhaps in the firmware case for example Signed-off-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 4 +++- include/net/dcbnl.h | 9 +++++++++ 2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 287b5618e296..775bdb4465bf 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -82,7 +82,9 @@ struct ieee_pfc { __u64 indications[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; }; -/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz APP managed object +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz APP managed object. This + * object is also used for the CEE std as well. There is no difference + * between the objects. * * @selector: protocol identifier type * @protocol: protocol of type indicated diff --git a/include/net/dcbnl.h b/include/net/dcbnl.h index e2d841e963b3..ab7d623a2793 100644 --- a/include/net/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/net/dcbnl.h @@ -22,6 +22,15 @@ #include +struct dcb_app_type { + char name[IFNAMSIZ]; + struct dcb_app app; + struct list_head list; +}; + +u8 dcb_setapp(struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); +u8 dcb_getapp(struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); + /* * Ops struct for the netlink callbacks. Used by DCB-enabled drivers through * the netdevice struct. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 96b99684e365f28d49bdb1221ca022b75cb91a98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Fastabend Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 09:26:37 +0000 Subject: net_dcb: add application notifiers DCBx applications priorities can be changed dynamically. If application stacks are expected to keep the skb priority consistent with the dcbx priority the stack will need to be notified when these changes occur. This patch adds application notifiers for the stack to register with. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/dcbevent.h | 31 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/net/dcbevent.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dcbevent.h b/include/net/dcbevent.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bc1e7ef40171 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/net/dcbevent.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License, + * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT + * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + * more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with + * this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple + * Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA. + * + * Author: John Fastabend + */ + +#ifndef _DCB_EVENT_H +#define _DCB_EVENT_H + +enum dcbevent_notif_type { + DCB_APP_EVENT = 1, +}; + +extern int register_dcbevent_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb); +extern int unregister_dcbevent_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb); +extern int call_dcbevent_notifiers(unsigned long val, void *v); + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6241b6259b16aa390ff4bf50f520685b3801200b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shmulik Ravid Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 06:26:48 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: adding DCBX engine capability Adding an optional DCBX capability and a pair for get-set routines for setting the device DCBX mode. The DCBX capability is a bit field of supported attributes. The user is expected to set the DCBX mode with a subset of the advertised attributes. This patch is dependent on the following patches: [net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes [net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers [net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid Acked-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 43 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/dcbnl.h | 5 +++++ 2 files changed, 48 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 775bdb4465bf..16eea36d8934 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -135,6 +135,8 @@ struct dcbmsg { * @DCB_CMD_SAPP: set application protocol configuration * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET: set IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET: get IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration + * @DCB_CMD_GDCBX: get DCBX engine configuration + * @DCB_CMD_SDCBX: set DCBX engine configuration */ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED, @@ -171,6 +173,9 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET, DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET, + DCB_CMD_GDCBX, + DCB_CMD_SDCBX, + __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CMD_MAX = __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -191,6 +196,7 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { * @DCB_ATTR_NUMTCS: number of traffic classes supported (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_BCN: backward congestion notification configuration (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE: IEEE 802.1Qaz supported attributes (NLA_NESTED) + * @DCB_ATTR_DCBX: DCBX engine configuration in the device (NLA_U8) */ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -211,6 +217,8 @@ enum dcbnl_attrs { /* IEEE std attributes */ DCB_ATTR_IEEE, + DCB_ATTR_DCBX, + __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -370,6 +378,8 @@ enum dcbnl_tc_attrs { * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_GSP: (NLA_U8) device supports group strict priority * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_BCN: (NLA_U8) device supports Backwards Congestion * Notification + * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_DCBX: (NLA_U8) device supports DCBX engine + * */ enum dcbnl_cap_attrs { DCB_CAP_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -381,11 +391,44 @@ enum dcbnl_cap_attrs { DCB_CAP_ATTR_PFC_TCS, DCB_CAP_ATTR_GSP, DCB_CAP_ATTR_BCN, + DCB_CAP_ATTR_DCBX, __DCB_CAP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CAP_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_CAP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; +/** + * DCBX capability flags + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_HOST: DCBX negotiation is performed by the host LLDP agent. + * 'set' routines are used to configure the device with + * the negotiated parameters + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_LLD_MANAGED: DCBX negotiation is not performed in the host but + * by another entity + * 'get' routines are used to retrieve the + * negotiated parameters + * 'set' routines can be used to set the initial + * negotiation configuration + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_CEE: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine + * supports the CEE protocol flavor + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_IEEE: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine + * supports the IEEE protocol flavor + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_STATIC: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine + * supports static configuration (i.e no actual + * negotiation is performed negotiated parameters equal + * the initial configuration) + * + */ +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_HOST 0x01 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_LLD_MANAGED 0x02 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_CEE 0x04 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_IEEE 0x08 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_STATIC 0x10 + /** * enum dcbnl_numtcs_attrs - number of traffic classes * diff --git a/include/net/dcbnl.h b/include/net/dcbnl.h index ab7d623a2793..c65347b3cbbf 100644 --- a/include/net/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/net/dcbnl.h @@ -70,6 +70,11 @@ struct dcbnl_rtnl_ops { void (*setbcnrp)(struct net_device *, int, u8); u8 (*setapp)(struct net_device *, u8, u16, u8); u8 (*getapp)(struct net_device *, u8, u16); + + /* DCBX configuration */ + u8 (*getdcbx)(struct net_device *); + u8 (*setdcbx)(struct net_device *, u8); + }; #endif /* __NET_DCBNL_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ea45fe4e176a42d2396878f530cfdc8265bef37b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shmulik Ravid Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 06:26:55 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: adding DCBX feature flags get-set Adding a pair of set-get routines to dcbnl for setting the negotiation flags of the various DCB features. Conforms to the CEE flavor of DCBX The user sets these flags (enable, advertise, willing) for each feature to be used by the DCBX engine. The 'get' routine returns which of the features is enabled after the negotiation. This patch is dependent on the following patches: [net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes [net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers [net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 33 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/dcbnl.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 36 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 16eea36d8934..68cd248f6d3e 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -137,6 +137,8 @@ struct dcbmsg { * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET: get IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration * @DCB_CMD_GDCBX: get DCBX engine configuration * @DCB_CMD_SDCBX: set DCBX engine configuration + * @DCB_CMD_GFEATCFG: get DCBX features flags + * @DCB_CMD_SFEATCFG: set DCBX features negotiation flags */ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED, @@ -176,6 +178,9 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_GDCBX, DCB_CMD_SDCBX, + DCB_CMD_GFEATCFG, + DCB_CMD_SFEATCFG, + __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CMD_MAX = __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -197,6 +202,7 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { * @DCB_ATTR_BCN: backward congestion notification configuration (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE: IEEE 802.1Qaz supported attributes (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_DCBX: DCBX engine configuration in the device (NLA_U8) + * @DCB_ATTR_FEATCFG: DCBX features flags (NLA_NESTED) */ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -218,6 +224,7 @@ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_IEEE, DCB_ATTR_DCBX, + DCB_ATTR_FEATCFG, __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, @@ -506,4 +513,30 @@ enum dcbnl_app_attrs { DCB_APP_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_APP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; +/** + * enum dcbnl_featcfg_attrs - features conifiguration flags + * + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_UNDEFINED: unspecified attribute to catch errors + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ALL: (NLA_FLAG) all features configuration attributes + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PG: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for priority groups + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PFC: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for priority + * flow control + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_APP: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for application TLV + * + */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_ERROR 0x01 /* error in feature resolution */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_ENABLE 0x02 /* enable feature */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_WILLING 0x04 /* feature is willing */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_ADVERTISE 0x08 /* advertise feature */ +enum dcbnl_featcfg_attrs { + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_UNDEFINED, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ALL, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PG, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PFC, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_APP, + + __DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, +}; + #endif /* __LINUX_DCBNL_H__ */ diff --git a/include/net/dcbnl.h b/include/net/dcbnl.h index c65347b3cbbf..a8e7852b10ab 100644 --- a/include/net/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/net/dcbnl.h @@ -70,11 +70,14 @@ struct dcbnl_rtnl_ops { void (*setbcnrp)(struct net_device *, int, u8); u8 (*setapp)(struct net_device *, u8, u16, u8); u8 (*getapp)(struct net_device *, u8, u16); + u8 (*getfeatcfg)(struct net_device *, int, u8 *); + u8 (*setfeatcfg)(struct net_device *, int, u8); /* DCBX configuration */ u8 (*getdcbx)(struct net_device *); u8 (*setdcbx)(struct net_device *, u8); + }; #endif /* __NET_DCBNL_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 51f98a8d70583b18cb08b19353aeed5efb0244af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:16 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting multiple zones Eliminates routines, data structures, and files that were intended to allows TIPC to support a network containing multiple zones. Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index 9cde86c32412..fa3aeaafeab1 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PORTS 0x4004 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PUBL 0x4005 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x4006 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ -#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ +#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_NODES 0x4009 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* tx none, rx unsigned */ @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PORTS 0x8004 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PUBL 0x8005 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x8006 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ +#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_NODES 0x8009 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 08c80e9a031df0a8f0269477a32f5eae47d7a146 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:17 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting slave nodes Simplifies routines and data structures that were intended to allow TIPC to support slave nodes (i.e. nodes that did not have links to all of the other nodes in its cluster, forcing TIPC to route messages that it could not deliver directly through a non-slave node). Currently, TIPC supports only networks containing non-slave nodes, so this code is unnecessary. Note: The latest edition of the TIPC 2.0 Specification has eliminated the concept of slave nodes entirely. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index fa3aeaafeab1..dcc2b8796d0a 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_NODES 0x4009 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ -#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* tx none, rx unsigned */ +#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_NETID 0x400B /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_ENABLE_BEARER 0x4101 /* tx bearer_config, rx none */ @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_NODES 0x8009 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* tx unsigned, rx none */ +#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_NETID 0x800B /* tx unsigned, rx none */ /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 51a8e4dee7653698ba4c6e7de71053665f075273 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:18 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting inter-cluster routing Eliminates routines and data structures that were intended to allow TIPC to route messages to other clusters. Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 5 ----- 1 file changed, 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index dcc2b8796d0a..1f38df1202ba 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -254,11 +254,6 @@ struct tipc_link_create { struct tipc_media_addr peer_addr; char bearer_name[TIPC_MAX_BEARER_NAME]; }; - -struct tipc_route_info { - __u32 dest; - __u32 router; -}; #endif /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8f92df6ad49da958d97e171762d0a97a3dc738f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:19 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting multiple clusters Eliminates routines, data structures, and files that were intended to allow TIPC to support a network containing multiple clusters. Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index 1f38df1202ba..677aa13dc5d7 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PUBL 0x4005 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x4006 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* obsoleted */ -#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ +#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_NODES 0x4009 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_NETID 0x400B /* tx none, rx unsigned */ @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PUBL 0x8005 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x8006 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* obsoleted */ -#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ +#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_NODES 0x8009 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_NETID 0x800B /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0e65967e33be61e5f67727edd4ea829b47676fc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:32 +0000 Subject: tipc: cleanup various cosmetic whitespace issues Cleans up TIPC's source code to eliminate deviations from generally accepted coding conventions relating to leading/trailing white space and white space around commas, braces, cases, and sizeof. These changes are purely cosmetic and do not alter the operation of TIPC in any way. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc.h | 18 +++++++------- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 59 ++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 2 files changed, 38 insertions(+), 39 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc.h b/include/linux/tipc.h index d10614b29d59..1eefa3f6d1f4 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * include/linux/tipc.h: Include file for TIPC socket interface - * + * * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB * Copyright (c) 2005, Wind River Systems * All rights reserved. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ /* * TIPC addressing primitives */ - + struct tipc_portid { __u32 ref; __u32 node; @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) #define TIPC_TOP_SRV 1 /* topology service name type */ #define TIPC_RESERVED_TYPES 64 /* lowest user-publishable name type */ -/* +/* * Publication scopes when binding port names and port name sequences */ @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) #define TIPC_HIGH_IMPORTANCE 2 #define TIPC_CRITICAL_IMPORTANCE 3 -/* +/* * Msg rejection/connection shutdown reasons */ @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) * TIPC topology subscription service definitions */ -#define TIPC_SUB_PORTS 0x01 /* filter for port availability */ -#define TIPC_SUB_SERVICE 0x02 /* filter for service availability */ -#define TIPC_SUB_CANCEL 0x04 /* cancel a subscription */ +#define TIPC_SUB_PORTS 0x01 /* filter for port availability */ +#define TIPC_SUB_SERVICE 0x02 /* filter for service availability */ +#define TIPC_SUB_CANCEL 0x04 /* cancel a subscription */ #if 0 /* The following filter options are not currently implemented */ #define TIPC_SUB_NO_BIND_EVTS 0x04 /* filter out "publish" events */ @@ -137,12 +137,12 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) #define TIPC_SUB_SINGLE_EVT 0x10 /* expire after first event */ #endif -#define TIPC_WAIT_FOREVER ~0 /* timeout for permanent subscription */ +#define TIPC_WAIT_FOREVER (~0) /* timeout for permanent subscription */ struct tipc_subscr { struct tipc_name_seq seq; /* name sequence of interest */ __u32 timeout; /* subscription duration (in ms) */ - __u32 filter; /* bitmask of filter options */ + __u32 filter; /* bitmask of filter options */ char usr_handle[8]; /* available for subscriber use */ }; diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index 677aa13dc5d7..7d42460a5e3c 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * include/linux/tipc_config.h: Include file for TIPC configuration interface - * + * * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB * Copyright (c) 2005-2007, Wind River Systems * All rights reserved. @@ -54,19 +54,19 @@ * which specify parameters or results for the operation. * * For many operations, the request and reply messages have a fixed number - * of TLVs (usually zero or one); however, some reply messages may return + * of TLVs (usually zero or one); however, some reply messages may return * a variable number of TLVs. A failed request is denoted by the presence * of an "error string" TLV in the reply message instead of the TLV(s) the * reply should contain if the request succeeds. */ - -/* + +/* * Public commands: * May be issued by any process. - * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled. + * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled. */ - -#define TIPC_CMD_NOOP 0x0000 /* tx none, rx none */ + +#define TIPC_CMD_NOOP 0x0000 /* tx none, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_NODES 0x0001 /* tx net_addr, rx node_info(s) */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MEDIA_NAMES 0x0002 /* tx none, rx media_name(s) */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_BEARER_NAMES 0x0003 /* tx none, rx bearer_name(s) */ @@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_LINK_PEER 0x000D /* tx link_name, rx ? */ #endif -/* +/* * Protected commands: * May only be issued by "network administration capable" process. * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled - * and this node is zone manager. + * and this node is zone manager. */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_REMOTE_MNG 0x4003 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ @@ -116,10 +116,10 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_UNBLOCK_LINK 0x4106 /* tx link_name, rx none */ #endif -/* +/* * Private commands: * May only be issued by "network administration capable" process. - * Accepted by own node only; cannot be used on a remote node. + * Accepted by own node only; cannot be used on a remote node. */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_NODE_ADDR 0x8001 /* tx net_addr, rx none */ @@ -156,20 +156,20 @@ #define TIPC_TLV_ULTRA_STRING 5 /* char[32768] (max) */ #define TIPC_TLV_ERROR_STRING 16 /* char[128] containing "error code" */ -#define TIPC_TLV_NET_ADDR 17 /* 32-bit integer denoting */ +#define TIPC_TLV_NET_ADDR 17 /* 32-bit integer denoting */ #define TIPC_TLV_MEDIA_NAME 18 /* char[TIPC_MAX_MEDIA_NAME] */ #define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_NAME 19 /* char[TIPC_MAX_BEARER_NAME] */ #define TIPC_TLV_LINK_NAME 20 /* char[TIPC_MAX_LINK_NAME] */ #define TIPC_TLV_NODE_INFO 21 /* struct tipc_node_info */ #define TIPC_TLV_LINK_INFO 22 /* struct tipc_link_info */ -#define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_CONFIG 23 /* struct tipc_bearer_config */ -#define TIPC_TLV_LINK_CONFIG 24 /* struct tipc_link_config */ +#define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_CONFIG 23 /* struct tipc_bearer_config */ +#define TIPC_TLV_LINK_CONFIG 24 /* struct tipc_link_config */ #define TIPC_TLV_NAME_TBL_QUERY 25 /* struct tipc_name_table_query */ -#define TIPC_TLV_PORT_REF 26 /* 32-bit port reference */ +#define TIPC_TLV_PORT_REF 26 /* 32-bit port reference */ /* * Maximum sizes of TIPC bearer-related names (including terminating NUL) - */ + */ #define TIPC_MAX_MEDIA_NAME 16 /* format = media */ #define TIPC_MAX_IF_NAME 16 /* format = interface */ @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ struct tipc_name_table_query { }; /* - * The error string TLV is a null-terminated string describing the cause + * The error string TLV is a null-terminated string describing the cause * of the request failure. To simplify error processing (and to save space) * the first character of the string can be a special error code character * (lying by the range 0x80 to 0xFF) which represents a pre-defined reason. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ struct tipc_link_create { /* * A TLV consists of a descriptor, followed by the TLV value. - * TLV descriptor fields are stored in network byte order; + * TLV descriptor fields are stored in network byte order; * TLV values must also be stored in network byte order (where applicable). * TLV descriptors must be aligned to addresses which are multiple of 4, * so up to 3 bytes of padding may exist at the end of the TLV value area. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ static inline int TLV_OK(const void *tlv, __u16 space) static inline int TLV_CHECK(const void *tlv, __u16 space, __u16 exp_type) { - return TLV_OK(tlv, space) && + return TLV_OK(tlv, space) && (ntohs(((struct tlv_desc *)tlv)->tlv_type) == exp_type); } @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ static inline int TLV_SET(void *tlv, __u16 type, void *data, __u16 len) } /* - * A TLV list descriptor simplifies processing of messages + * A TLV list descriptor simplifies processing of messages * containing multiple TLVs. */ @@ -322,15 +322,15 @@ struct tlv_list_desc { __u32 tlv_space; /* # bytes from curr TLV to list end */ }; -static inline void TLV_LIST_INIT(struct tlv_list_desc *list, +static inline void TLV_LIST_INIT(struct tlv_list_desc *list, void *data, __u32 space) { list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)data; list->tlv_space = space; } - + static inline int TLV_LIST_EMPTY(struct tlv_list_desc *list) -{ +{ return (list->tlv_space == 0); } @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ static inline void TLV_LIST_STEP(struct tlv_list_desc *list) { __u16 tlv_space = TLV_ALIGN(ntohs(list->tlv_ptr->tlv_len)); - list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)((char *)list->tlv_ptr + tlv_space); + list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)((char *)list->tlv_ptr + tlv_space); list->tlv_space -= tlv_space; } @@ -372,15 +372,14 @@ struct tipc_genlmsghdr { #define TIPC_GENL_HDRLEN NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct tipc_genlmsghdr)) /* - * Configuration messages exchanged via TIPC sockets use the TIPC configuration - * message header, which is defined below. This structure is analogous - * to the Netlink message header, but fields are stored in network byte order - * and no padding is permitted between the header and the message data + * Configuration messages exchanged via TIPC sockets use the TIPC configuration + * message header, which is defined below. This structure is analogous + * to the Netlink message header, but fields are stored in network byte order + * and no padding is permitted between the header and the message data * that follows. */ -struct tipc_cfg_msg_hdr -{ +struct tipc_cfg_msg_hdr { __be32 tcm_len; /* Message length (including header) */ __be16 tcm_type; /* Command type */ __be16 tcm_flags; /* Additional flags */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 68763c890eb2a60f9b50a061502f94e0cf20fdfe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michal Simek Date: Sun, 2 Jan 2011 22:54:09 +0000 Subject: trivial: Fix typo fault in netdevice.h Signed-off-by: Michal Simek Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index cc916c5c3279..0f6b1c965815 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ struct xps_dev_maps { * neither operation. * * void (*ndo_vlan_rx_register)(struct net_device *dev, struct vlan_group *grp); - * If device support VLAN receive accleration + * If device support VLAN receive acceleration * (ie. dev->features & NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_RX), then this function is called * when vlan groups for the device changes. Note: grp is NULL * if no vlan's groups are being used. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7b26e5ebd8b27b0126a84ae7f9a42aa8293d6c48 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Francois-Xavier Le Bail Date: Tue, 4 Jan 2011 09:10:20 +0000 Subject: net: typos in comments in include/linux/igmp.h There are typos in comments in include/linux/igmp.h: 83 #define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_QUERY 0x11 /* From RFC1112 */ 84 #define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x12 /* Ditto */ [snip] 88 #define IGMPV2_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x16 /* V2 version of 0x11 */ 89 #define IGMP_HOST_LEAVE_MESSAGE 0x17 90 #define IGMPV3_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x22 /* V3 version of 0x11 */ The line 88 and 90 are about REPORT messages. The IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT (IGMP V1) value is 0x12. So the comment on line 88 must be /* V2 version of 0x12 */, and the comment on line 90 must be /* V3 version of 0x12 */. Signed-off-by: Francois-Xavier Le Bail Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/igmp.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/igmp.h b/include/linux/igmp.h index c4987f265109..74cfcff0148b 100644 --- a/include/linux/igmp.h +++ b/include/linux/igmp.h @@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ struct igmpv3_query { #define IGMP_DVMRP 0x13 /* DVMRP routing */ #define IGMP_PIM 0x14 /* PIM routing */ #define IGMP_TRACE 0x15 -#define IGMPV2_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x16 /* V2 version of 0x11 */ +#define IGMPV2_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x16 /* V2 version of 0x12 */ #define IGMP_HOST_LEAVE_MESSAGE 0x17 -#define IGMPV3_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x22 /* V3 version of 0x11 */ +#define IGMPV3_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x22 /* V3 version of 0x12 */ #define IGMP_MTRACE_RESP 0x1e #define IGMP_MTRACE 0x1f -- cgit v1.2.3 From 21f83589644bb2ed98079bf1e2154c8e70ca6a6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Sat, 18 Dec 2010 17:20:47 +0100 Subject: mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 479c35e160e3..5b3fd5add7a4 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -365,6 +365,7 @@ enum mac80211_tx_control_flags { IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21), IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22), IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24), + IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25), }; #define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23 @@ -1824,6 +1825,12 @@ struct ieee80211_ops { int (*napi_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int budget); int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); + + int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + struct ieee80211_channel *chan, + enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type, + int duration); + int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); }; /** @@ -2729,6 +2736,18 @@ void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, */ void ieee80211_key_removed(struct ieee80211_key_conf *key_conf); +/** + * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start + * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() + */ +void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); + +/** + * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired + * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() + */ +void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); + /* Rate control API */ /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3610cda53f247e176bcbb7a7cca64bc53b12acdb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 5 Jan 2011 15:38:53 -0800 Subject: af_unix: Avoid socket->sk NULL OOPS in stream connect security hooks. unix_release() can asynchornously set socket->sk to NULL, and it does so without holding the unix_state_lock() on "other" during stream connects. However, the reverse mapping, sk->sk_socket, is only transitioned to NULL under the unix_state_lock(). Therefore make the security hooks follow the reverse mapping instead of the forward mapping. Reported-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge Reported-by: Linus Torvalds Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/security.h | 15 +++++++-------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/security.h b/include/linux/security.h index fd4d55fb8845..d47a4c24b3e4 100644 --- a/include/linux/security.h +++ b/include/linux/security.h @@ -796,8 +796,9 @@ static inline void security_free_mnt_opts(struct security_mnt_opts *opts) * @unix_stream_connect: * Check permissions before establishing a Unix domain stream connection * between @sock and @other. - * @sock contains the socket structure. - * @other contains the peer socket structure. + * @sock contains the sock structure. + * @other contains the peer sock structure. + * @newsk contains the new sock structure. * Return 0 if permission is granted. * @unix_may_send: * Check permissions before connecting or sending datagrams from @sock to @@ -1568,8 +1569,7 @@ struct security_operations { int (*inode_getsecctx)(struct inode *inode, void **ctx, u32 *ctxlen); #ifdef CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK - int (*unix_stream_connect) (struct socket *sock, - struct socket *other, struct sock *newsk); + int (*unix_stream_connect) (struct sock *sock, struct sock *other, struct sock *newsk); int (*unix_may_send) (struct socket *sock, struct socket *other); int (*socket_create) (int family, int type, int protocol, int kern); @@ -2525,8 +2525,7 @@ static inline int security_inode_getsecctx(struct inode *inode, void **ctx, u32 #ifdef CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK -int security_unix_stream_connect(struct socket *sock, struct socket *other, - struct sock *newsk); +int security_unix_stream_connect(struct sock *sock, struct sock *other, struct sock *newsk); int security_unix_may_send(struct socket *sock, struct socket *other); int security_socket_create(int family, int type, int protocol, int kern); int security_socket_post_create(struct socket *sock, int family, @@ -2567,8 +2566,8 @@ void security_tun_dev_post_create(struct sock *sk); int security_tun_dev_attach(struct sock *sk); #else /* CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK */ -static inline int security_unix_stream_connect(struct socket *sock, - struct socket *other, +static inline int security_unix_stream_connect(struct sock *sock, + struct sock *other, struct sock *newsk) { return 0; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 238c855805c853eaec95b0bc3065effb64f955a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henry Ptasinski Date: Tue, 4 Jan 2011 16:07:14 +0000 Subject: include/linux/if_ether.h: Add #define ETH_P_LINK_CTL for HPNA and wlan local tunnel Ethertype used by HPNA control protocols (LARQ, rate, link, etc) and by Broadcom wlan drivers for local signalling. Signed-off-by: Henry Ptasinski Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_ether.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_ether.h b/include/linux/if_ether.h index f9c3df03db0f..be69043d2896 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_ether.h +++ b/include/linux/if_ether.h @@ -72,6 +72,7 @@ #define ETH_P_MPLS_UC 0x8847 /* MPLS Unicast traffic */ #define ETH_P_MPLS_MC 0x8848 /* MPLS Multicast traffic */ #define ETH_P_ATMMPOA 0x884c /* MultiProtocol Over ATM */ +#define ETH_P_LINK_CTL 0x886c /* HPNA, wlan link local tunnel */ #define ETH_P_ATMFATE 0x8884 /* Frame-based ATM Transport * over Ethernet */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f682cefa5ad204d3bfaa54a58046c66d2d035ac1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Wed, 5 Jan 2011 04:23:23 +0000 Subject: netfilter: fix the race when initializing nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd Since nf_ct_expect_dst_hash() may be called without nf_conntrack_lock locked, nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd should be initialized in the atomic way. In this patch, we use nf_conntrack_hash_rnd instead of nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h index caf17db87dbc..d85cff10e169 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h @@ -298,6 +298,8 @@ static inline int nf_ct_is_untracked(const struct nf_conn *ct) extern int nf_conntrack_set_hashsize(const char *val, struct kernel_param *kp); extern unsigned int nf_conntrack_htable_size; extern unsigned int nf_conntrack_max; +extern unsigned int nf_conntrack_hash_rnd; +void init_nf_conntrack_hash_rnd(void); #define NF_CT_STAT_INC(net, count) \ __this_cpu_inc((net)->ct.stat->count) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2ad0d9d413abc3380fc1d89a9da7f8db59d9746b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 11:41:42 -0800 Subject: net: remove the duplicate #ifdef __KERNEL__ Since we are already in #ifdef __KERNEL__, we don't need to check it again. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/socket.h | 8 ++------ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/socket.h b/include/linux/socket.h index 86b652fabf6e..5f65f14c4f44 100644 --- a/include/linux/socket.h +++ b/include/linux/socket.h @@ -30,12 +30,10 @@ struct cred; #define __sockaddr_check_size(size) \ BUILD_BUG_ON(((size) > sizeof(struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage))) -#ifdef __KERNEL__ -# ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS +#ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS struct seq_file; extern void socket_seq_show(struct seq_file *seq); -# endif -#endif /* __KERNEL__ */ +#endif typedef unsigned short sa_family_t; @@ -311,7 +309,6 @@ struct ucred { /* IPX options */ #define IPX_TYPE 1 -#ifdef __KERNEL__ extern void cred_to_ucred(struct pid *pid, const struct cred *cred, struct ucred *ucred); extern int memcpy_fromiovec(unsigned char *kdata, struct iovec *iov, int len); @@ -333,6 +330,5 @@ struct timespec; extern int __sys_recvmmsg(int fd, struct mmsghdr __user *mmsg, unsigned int vlen, unsigned int flags, struct timespec *timeout); -#endif #endif /* not kernel and not glibc */ #endif /* _LINUX_SOCKET_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3